WO2015038737A1 - Triathlon insole - Google Patents

Triathlon insole Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015038737A1
WO2015038737A1 PCT/US2014/055133 US2014055133W WO2015038737A1 WO 2015038737 A1 WO2015038737 A1 WO 2015038737A1 US 2014055133 W US2014055133 W US 2014055133W WO 2015038737 A1 WO2015038737 A1 WO 2015038737A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
heel
lateral
pod
medial
insole
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2014/055133
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jacob Martinez
David B. Granger
Paul Lewis
William Sterling WYNN
Original Assignee
Spenco Medical Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Spenco Medical Corporation filed Critical Spenco Medical Corporation
Priority to US15/021,865 priority Critical patent/US20160219970A1/en
Priority to SG11201601996WA priority patent/SG11201601996WA/en
Priority to CN201480062466.2A priority patent/CN105722421A/en
Priority to JP2016542092A priority patent/JP2016530042A/en
Priority to EP14844910.1A priority patent/EP3046437A4/en
Priority to KR1020167009668A priority patent/KR20160058141A/en
Publication of WO2015038737A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015038737A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/1405Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form
    • A43B7/141Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form having an anatomical or curved form
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B13/00Soles; Sole-and-heel integral units
    • A43B13/38Built-in insoles joined to uppers during the manufacturing process, e.g. structural insoles; Insoles glued to shoes during the manufacturing process
    • A43B13/40Built-in insoles joined to uppers during the manufacturing process, e.g. structural insoles; Insoles glued to shoes during the manufacturing process with cushions
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B17/00Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined
    • A43B17/003Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined characterised by the material
    • A43B17/006Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined characterised by the material multilayered
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B17/00Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined
    • A43B17/02Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined wedge-like or resilient
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B17/00Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined
    • A43B17/02Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined wedge-like or resilient
    • A43B17/023Insoles for insertion, e.g. footbeds or inlays, for attachment to the shoe after the upper has been joined wedge-like or resilient wedge-like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A43FOOTWEAR
    • A43BCHARACTERISTIC FEATURES OF FOOTWEAR; PARTS OF FOOTWEAR
    • A43B7/00Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements
    • A43B7/14Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts
    • A43B7/1405Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form
    • A43B7/1475Footwear with health or hygienic arrangements with foot-supporting parts with pads or holes on one or more locations, or having an anatomical or curved form characterised by the type of support
    • A43B7/148Recesses or holes filled with supports or pads

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a shoe insole with improved cush ioning and support to the foot of a wearer engaging in cross training and triathlon sporting activities.
  • the human foot is a very complex biological mechanism.
  • the load on the foot at heel strike is typically about one and a half times a person ' s body weight when a person w alks.
  • loads on the foot can exceed three times the body weight.
  • the many bones, muscles, ligaments, and tendons of the foot function to absorb and dissipate the forces of impact, carry the weight of the body and other loads, and provide forces for propulsion.
  • Properly designed shoe insoles can assist the foot in perform ing these functions and protect the foot from injury.
  • Insoles may be custom made to address the specific needs of an individual. They may be made based on casts of the end user ' s foot or may be made of a thermoplastic material that is molded to the contours of the end user ' s foot. Like most custom made items, custom insoles tend to be expensive because of the low volume and extensive time needed to make and fit them properly. As such, it is not practical to make such custom made insoles for the general public.
  • an insole To be practical for distribution to the general public, an insole must be able to provide benefit to the user without requiring individualized adjustment and fitting.
  • a first type of insole commonly av ailable ov er-the-counter emphasizes cushioning the foot so as to maximize shock absorption.
  • cushioning insoles For typical individuals cushioning insoles perform adequately while engaged in light to moderate activities, such as walking or running. That is, a cushioning insole provides sufficient cushioning and support for such activities.
  • a typical cushion ing insole will not be adequate. Under such conditions, a cushioning insole by itself would not provide enough support and control, and tends to bottom out during use by fully compressing the cushioning insole.
  • FIG. 1 Another type of over-the-counter insole emphasizes control.
  • such insoles arc made to be relatively stiff and rigid so as to control the bending and twisting of the foot by l imiting foot motion.
  • the rigid structure is good at controll ing motion, but is not very forgiving.
  • the load on the foot tends to change abruptly and increases the load on the structures of the foot.
  • biological tissues such as tendons and ligaments arc sensitive to the rate at which they arc loaded, the abrupt change in load causes injury or damage to the foot, ankle or leg.
  • the insole includes a system of interacting components that cooperate to achiev e a desired combination of foot cushioning and motion control.
  • the components include a foam core, a semi-rigid or rigid stability cradle, and a number of elastomeric pods and pads. The characteristics of the components, their size and shape, and their position arc selected to provide a desired blend of cushioning and control, and more specifically to achieve a desired biomechanical function.
  • a cush ioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stabil ity cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that prov ides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • an insole comprises a kit including a number of interchangeable pods having different characteristics. Using such a kit, an end user can selectively change the pods to customize the insole to accommodate a specific activity.
  • the current invention is an insole that incorporates, but is not limited to: (1) a faceted stability cradle with transverse stability ribs, (2) plurality of pods, (3) a forefoot pad (4) criss-cross groove patterns on the bottom surface of the pods and forefoot pad, and (5) a jadeite cooling top cloth.
  • the present invention accomplishes the goals to: (1) improve ankle and foot stability, (2) cushion the heel and forefoot during push-offs and landings, (3) help prevent insole movement or sliding during shoe operation and change-overs, and (4) provide enhanced cush ioning features to the heel, midfoot, arch and forefoot for running and cross-training exercises.
  • FIG. 1 is a exploded bottom perspective view of an illustrative embodiment of an insole in accordance with the principles of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a bottom perspective view showing the base of the insole
  • FIG. 3 A is a bottom view of the stability cradle; [0017] FIG. 3B is a bottom perspective view of the stability cradle;
  • FIG. 4 is a top (dorsal) view of the insole
  • FIG. 5 bottom ( plantar) v iew of the insole
  • FIG. 6 is a lateral (outer side) view of the insole
  • FIG. 7 is a medial ( i nner side) view of the insole
  • FIG. 8 is a rear ( proximal ) view of the insole
  • FIG. 9 is a longitudinal cross sectional v iew of the insole along 9-9;
  • FIG. 10 is a transverse cross sectional view behind the metatarsal area of the insole along 10- 10;
  • FIG. 1 1 is a transverse cross sectional view through the arch area of the insole along
  • FIG. 12 is a transverse cross sectional view through the heel area of the insole along
  • FIG. 13 is a view of the bones of the foot superimposed on a bottom (plantar) view of the insole;
  • FIG. 14 is a bottom view illustrating the various areas of the insole
  • FIGS. 15A-15E illustrate the preferred embodiment or an insole for triathlon racing.
  • FIGS. 16A- 16D illustrate a second preferred embodiment or an insole for triath lon training.
  • the current invention is an insole that incorporates, but is not l imited to: (1) a faceted stability cradle with a plural ity of stability ribs, (2) plurality of pods, (3) a forefoot pad (4) criss-cross groove patterns on the bottom surface of the pods and forefoot pads, and (5) a jadeitc cooling top cloth.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stabi lity cradle and a number of elastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cush ioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • the present invention accomplishes the goals to: (1) improve ankle and foot stability, (2) cushion the heel and forefoot during push-offs and landings, (3) help prevent insole movement or sliding during shoe operation and change-overs, and (4) provide enhanced cushioning features to the heel, midfoot, arch and forefoot during running and cross-training exercises.
  • insoles constructed in accordance with the principles of the present invention. It should be understood that insoles arc generally adapted to be inserted inside a user ' s shoe. A user ' s right shoe and left shoe arc mirror images of one another as are the insoles adapted to be inserted in a right shoe and a left shoe respectively. Only the left insole is illustrated in the Figures. It wi ll be understood by those of skill in the art that the right insole has a mirror image construction of the left insole.
  • the insole of the invention is shaped essentially like the bottom interior of an athletic shoe (and therefore adapted to receive a user ' s foot which has a generally similar shape when at rest).
  • the insole extends from a heel end (proximal ) to a toe end (distal) and has a medial border or side on the arch side of the foot, connecting said toe end to said heel end along the arch side of the insole and a lateral border or side on the other side thereof, connecting said toe end to said heel end on the other side of the insole.
  • the insole also has a forefoot area (area that correlates with the metatarsal and phalanges of the foot), an arch area ( along the medial side), a heel area (just forward of the heel end ), and a midfoot area (between the heel area and forefoot area ).
  • insole 100 preferably comprises a top sheet 101 and a base 102 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 102 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1 19 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to prov ide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upw ardly-extending portion or transverse arch support that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot (best shown in FIGS. 4 and 10).
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 01 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support.
  • the bottom surface of base 102 defines a forefoot pad recession area 107 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 105 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 102 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 132 that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 132 are preferably longer around the cunei forms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- like ov erall shape.
  • An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by the stability cradle 106 and extending outwardly from the stabi lity cradle 106 in the arch area.
  • Base 102 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 10- 1 2, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 107 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 107 extends rearward to about the 3 rd through 5 th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1 st and 2 nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 107 has a rear apex 157 that lies between the 1 st and 2 nd metatarsals.
  • Forefoot pad 108 is shaped essential ly the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 07 and is secured therein.
  • Forefoot pad 108 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal ( back ) edge and a distal (front) edge.
  • the medial edge of forefoot pad 108 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole.
  • the proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and prox imally to said rear apex 1 7, lateral ly and distally towards the 3 rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximal ly to the lateral edge approximately along the 3 r through 5 1 metatarsal heads.
  • forefoot pad recession area 107 and forefoot pad 108 underlie the big toe of a user ' s foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial ball of the user ' s foot.
  • Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
  • the forefoot pad 108 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user ' s foot, especially the 1 st and 2 nd metatarsal heads.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 105 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 102.
  • the stability cradle recession area 105 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge sl ightly prox imal of the forefoot recession area 107 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1 st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 106 is shaped essential ly the same as stability cradle recession area 105 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 105.
  • Stability cradle 106 has wal ls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 102 to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 106 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 106 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • stabil ity cradle 106 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95.
  • the stability cradle is semi-rigid.
  • the stabi lity cradle is rigid.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 106 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping and "change-over " of shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole ' s movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stability cradle 106 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 131.
  • the rib-shaped openings 1 1 allow said ribs 132 of base 102 to extend therethrough.
  • base 102 is molded so that the ribs 132 project into rib- shaped openings 13 1 so that the ribs 132 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 106 and mechanically lock stability cradle 106 and base 102 together.
  • the ribs 132 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 13 1 when base 102 is compressed (e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 132 extend outwardly
  • the rib- shaped openings 13 1 allow the stability cradle 106 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 106.
  • stability cradle 106 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • Stability cradle 106 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3 rd though 5 th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 11 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 1 12 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 102 within the stability cradle recession area 105 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 1 12 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 .
  • Lateral midfoot pod 1 12 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45-50 ASK.ER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 102 in the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 of said base 102. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 102.
  • Stability cradle 106 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1 13 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stabil ity cradle 1 06 from approximately rearw ard of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 tow ard the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1 1 3 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 102 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 105 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 1 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1 13.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 100 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 1 14 also has a medial curvilinear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight l ines.
  • the configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 1 14 provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 1 15 to stabilize the ankle.
  • the hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle rol l-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 102 in the lateral heel pod opening 1 1 3 of said base 102. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 02.
  • Stabil ity cradle 106 defines a medial heel pod opening 1 1 5 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 102 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1 16 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 1 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 102 within the stability cradle recession area 105 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 1 5 and allow s medial heel pod 1 1 6 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 1 15.
  • the medial heel pod 1 1 6 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • Medial heel pod 1 16 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ⁇ 3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 102 in the medial heel pod opening 1 15 of said base 102. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 102.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally divided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod 1 14 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stabil ity cradle 106.
  • lateral heel pod 1 1 4 is made of a material having suitable cushioning properties and arc selected based on an intended type of activity.
  • the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground.
  • the foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as wel l as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation can result in inj ury.
  • Stabil ity cradle 106 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod 1 16 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 16 out of a material hav ing different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1 14.
  • medial heel pod 1 16 is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1 14.
  • a firmer or stiffcr material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load.
  • a medial heel pod 1 16 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1 14 made of a softer material .
  • medial heel pod 1 1 6 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation. Conversely, making medial heel pod 1 16 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 1 14 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used i n medial heel pod 1 16 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1 14 and on the type of intended activity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod 1 14 and medial heel pod 1 1 6 differs by about 20- 30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
  • Carryi ng a heavy backpack or other articles sign ificantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod 1 16 is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 1 12 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step.
  • lateral midfoot pod 1 12 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 14.
  • a material hav ing different characteristics may also be used.
  • Forefoot pad 108 is located under this part of the foot.
  • forefoot pad 108 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 108 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
  • the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate. increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 108 extends rearward into a
  • stabil ity cradle 106 and forefoot pad 108 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
  • Base 102 is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties.
  • base 102 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate (“EVA”) foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR”)/ ' EVA mix.
  • EVA Ethylene vinyl acetate
  • TPR Thermoplastic Rubber
  • a preferred EVA or TPR. EVA mix has a durometcr ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
  • Forefoot pad 108 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR”) or Polyurcthanc (“PU").
  • the hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ⁇ 3.
  • the forefoot pad 120, lateral midfoot pod 1 21 , lateral heel pod 1 22, and medial heel pod 123 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties of each pod and pad.
  • the forefoot crisscross groove pattern 120 is approximately 0.75 mm deep.
  • the lateral midfoot and heel criss-cross groove patterns 12 1 and 1 22 are approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 123 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials.
  • the criss-cross groove patterns assists with securing the insole in the shoe cav ity and keeping the insole in place such that it will not move or slide around
  • the criss-cross groove pattern also allows for air circulation and/or prov ides different cushioning and spring properties.
  • the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm.
  • the height is about 100 to 1 10 mm.
  • the depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes wi ll be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a lighter insole.
  • base 102 is covered w ith top sheet 1 01 from toe to heel areas of the insole, which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 101 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the various components of an insole which arc secured to base 102 in the recession areas defined by base 102 on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base 102 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive.
  • the components arc also secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
  • the recession areas can also be lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface.
  • a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
  • Some shoes may slightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe. Some shoes may also provide extra padding along the inner sides, front or back of the shoe that alter the actual space provided for the foot and/or an insole on the inner part of the shoe.
  • Base 102 may have sizing guides 150 that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides 150 prov ide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
  • the current invention is an insole that incorporates, but is not limited to: (1) a faceted stability cradle with a plurality of stability ribs, (2) plurality of pods, (3) a forefoot pad (4) criss-cross groove patterns on the bottom surface of the pods and forefoot pads, and (5) a jadeitc cooling top cloth.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that prov ides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a perspective view of the bottom of base 202 without any pads, pods, or attachments.
  • Base 202 has a top surface and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 202 also defi nes a longitudinal arch support 219 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 202 defines a forefoot pad recession area 207 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 205 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 202 defines one or more ribs or protrusions 232 that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 232 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- like overall shape.
  • An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by a stabil ity cradle and extending outwardly from the stability cradle in the arch area.
  • Base 202 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 10- 12, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 207 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 207 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 207 has a rear apex 257 that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 205 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 202.
  • the stability cradle recession area 205 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 207 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1 st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Base 202 is preferably made of foam or other material hav ing suitable cushioning properties.
  • base 202 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate (“EVA”) foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR”)/EVA mix.
  • EVA Ethylene vinyl acetate
  • TPR Thermoplastic Rubber
  • a preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
  • FIGS. 3 A and 3B are bottom and perspective views of a stabi lity cradle 306.
  • a stability cradle recession area is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of a base.
  • the stability cradle recession area extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge sl ightly prox imal of a forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1 st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 306 is shaped essentially the same as the stability cradle recession area and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area.
  • Stability cradle 306 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of the base to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 306 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 306 are preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • stabil ity cradle 306 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95.
  • the stability cradle is semi-rigid.
  • the stabi l ity cradle is rigid.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 306 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear to other footw ear, or vice versa is a very common practice duri ng triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cav ity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabi lity cradle 306 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped open ings 33 1 .
  • the rib-shaped openings 33 1 allow ribs on the base to extend therethrough.
  • the ribs arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 33 1 when base is compressed (e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • the rib-shaped openings 331 allow the stability cradle 306 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 306.
  • Stability cradle 306 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 3 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 3 1 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • the lateral midfoot pod opening 311 is designed to allow a lateral midfoot pod to extend there through.
  • Stability cradle 306 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 3 13 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 306 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 3 1 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod opening 3 13 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod opening 31 1.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod opening 3 13 also has a medial curvilinear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • Lateral heel pod opening 3 13 is designed to allow a lateral heel pod to extend there through.
  • Medial heel pod opening 315 extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 302 just short of the heel end.
  • the medial heel pod opening 315 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which are connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod opening.
  • Medial heel pod opening 3 15 is designed to allow a medial heel pod to extend there through.
  • Stability cradle 306 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • FIG. 4 is a top view of the insole illustrating the top sheet 401 and transverse arch support 438.
  • Insole 400 comprises a top sheet 401 secured across the entire top surface of the base from toe area to heel area.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 438 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 438 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 401 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 438.
  • Traverse arch support 438 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 438 prov ides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • top sheet 401 is a non-w oven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 401 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source.
  • the form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • a series of air holes extend through top sheet 401 and the base to permit air circulation above and below insole 400.
  • FIG. 5 i llustrates the bottom view of the insole.
  • I nsole 500 preferably comprises a top sheet 501 and a base 502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 502 also defines a longitudinal arch support 519 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 502 defines a forefoot pad recession area 507 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 505 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 502 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 5 2 that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 532 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- like overall shape.
  • Base 502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 10- 12, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 507 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 507 extends rearward to about the 3 rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 507 has a rear apex 557 that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • Forefoot pad 508 is shaped essential ly the same as forefoot pad recession area 507 and is secured therein.
  • Forefoot pad 508 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge.
  • the medial edge of forefoot pad 508 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole.
  • the proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and proximal ly to said rear ape 557, lateral ly and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads.
  • forefoot pad recession area 507 and forefoot pad 508 underlie the big toe of a user ' s foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user ' s foot.
  • Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
  • the forefoot pad 508 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user ' s foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 502.
  • the stability cradle recession area 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 507 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 506 is shaped essential ly the same as stabil ity cradle recession area 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 505.
  • Stability cradle 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 502 to prov ide support for the foot.
  • stabi lity cradle 506 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 506 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • stabil ity cradle 506 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95.
  • the stability cradle is semi-rigid.
  • the stabi lity cradle is rigid.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 506 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or ex it from the shoe cavity.
  • the stability cradle 506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 531.
  • the rib-shaped openings 531 allow said ribs 532 of base 502 to extend therethrough.
  • base 502 is molded so that the ribs 532 project into rib- shaped openings 53 1 so that the ribs 532 are approx imately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 506 and mechanically lock stability cradle 506 and base 502 together.
  • the ribs 532 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 53 1 when base 502 is compressed (e.g., wh ile walking or runn ing) to provide additional cush ioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 532 extend outwardly
  • the rib- shaped openings 53 1 allow the stability cradle 506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 506.
  • stability cradle 506 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cunei forms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • Stability cradle 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 5 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 5 1 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 512 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 5 1 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 502 within the stability cradle recession area 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 5 1 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 5 1 2 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 51 1.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 5 1 2 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45-50 ASKER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 502 in the lateral midfoot pod opening 5 1 1 of said base 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 502.
  • a cush ioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of clastomeric pods to form an insole that prov ides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • Stability cradle 506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 513 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stabil ity cradle 506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod openi ng 5 1 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 5 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 513 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 502 within the stability cradle recession area 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 513 and allows lateral heel pod 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 5 13.
  • Lateral heel pod 5 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 500 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outl ine of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 5 14 also has a medial curvilinear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines. [00106]
  • the configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 514 provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 1 to stabilize the ankle.
  • the hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 502 in the lateral heel pod opening 5 1 1 of said base 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 502.
  • Stability cradle 506 defines a medial heel pod opening 5 1 5 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 502 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 5 1 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 5 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 502 within the stability cradle recession area 505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 5 1 5 and allows medial heel pod 5 16 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 5 15.
  • the medial heel pod 5 16 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • Medial heel pod 5 16 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ⁇ 3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 502 i n the medial heel pod opening 5 1 5 of said base 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 502.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod 5 14 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 506.
  • lateral heel pod 5 14 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
  • Stability cradle 506 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod 516 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 5 16 out of a material hav ing different characteristics than lateral heel pod 5 14.
  • medial heel pod 5 16 can be made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 514.
  • a firmer or stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load.
  • a medial heel pod 5 16 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 5 14 made of a softer material.
  • medial heel pod 516 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
  • making medial heel pod 516 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 5 14 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 5 16 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 514 and on the type of intended activity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod 514 and medial heel pod 516 differs by about 20- 30 % f r an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
  • medial heel pod 5 16 can be made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate f r such activities.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 512 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step.
  • lateral midfoot pod 5 12 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 5 14.
  • a material hav ing different characteristics can also be used.
  • Forefoot pad 508 is located under this part of the foot.
  • forefoot pad 508 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 508 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
  • the first metatarsal naturally flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 508 extends rearward into a
  • stability cradle 506 and forefoot pad 508 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
  • Base 502 is preferably made of foam or other material hav ing suitable cushioning properties.
  • base 502 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate (“EVA”) foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR”)/EVA mix.
  • EVA Ethylene vinyl acetate
  • TPR Thermoplastic Rubber
  • a preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
  • Forefoot pad 508 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR " ) or Polyurethane (“PU").
  • TPR Thermoplastic Rubber
  • PU Polyurethane
  • the hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ⁇ 3.
  • the forefoot pad 520, lateral midfoot pod 521 , lateral heel pod 522, and medial heel pod 523 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function.
  • the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 520 is approximately 0.75 mm deep.
  • the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns 521 and 522 are approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 523 is approximately 1.00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials.
  • the criss-cross groove patterns also assists with keeping the insole in place and not move or slide around within the shoe.
  • the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm.
  • the height is about 100 to 1 10 mm.
  • the depth is about
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes wi ll be proportional. Using the open-cell designs will provide for a lighter insole.
  • the various components of an insole which arc secured to base 502 in the recession areas defined by base 502 on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base 502 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive.
  • the components arc secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
  • the recession areas also is lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface.
  • a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
  • Some shoes may slightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe. Some shoes may also provide extra padding along the inner sides, front or back of the shoe that alter the actual space provided for the foot and/or an insole on the inner part of the shoe.
  • Base 502 may have sizing guides 550 that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides 550 provide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates a lateral side view of the insole.
  • Insole 600 preferably comprises a top sheet 601 and a base 602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 601 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 602 also defines a longitudinal arch support 619 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • Base 602 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 605 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • Base 602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot.
  • the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • a forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 602.
  • the stability cradle recession area 605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 607 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 606 is shaped essential ly the same as stabil ity cradle recession area 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 605.
  • Stability cradle 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 602 to prov ide support for the foot.
  • stabi lity cradle 606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 606 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • the shoe facing surface of stabi lity cradle 606 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear to other footw ear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activ ities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • Stability cradle 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3 rd though 5 th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • a lateral midfoot pod 612 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 602 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 605 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod 61 2 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 614 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 602 within the stability cradle recession area 605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 606 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 602 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod is shaped essential ly the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 602 within the stability cradle recession area 605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
  • top sheet 601 is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 601 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 638.
  • Traverse arch support 638 preferably l ies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 638 prov ides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates a medial side view of the insole.
  • Insole 700 preferably comprises a top sheet 701 and a base 702 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 702 also defines a longitudinal arch support 719 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 702 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 705 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 702 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 7 2 that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 732 are preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distal ly and prox imal ly from the cuneiforms creating a parabol ic-like overal l shape.
  • Base 702 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot.
  • the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approx imately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • a forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
  • the stabi l ity cradle recession area 705 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 702.
  • the stability cradle recession area 705 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge sl ightly prox imal of the forefoot recession area to a prox imal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stabi lity cradle 706 is shaped essentially the same as stability cradle recession area 705 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stabil ity cradle recession area 705.
  • Stability cradle 706 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 702 to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 706 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 706 are preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 706 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or v ice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activ ities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stabil ity cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole ' s movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stability cradle 706 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 7 1 .
  • the rib-shaped openings 73 1 allow said ribs 732 of base 702 to extend therethrough.
  • base 702 is molded so that the ribs 732 project into rib- shaped openings 73 1 so that the ribs 732 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 706 and mechanically lock stability cradle 706 and base 702 together.
  • the ribs 732 arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 73 1 when base 702 is compressed ( e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 732 extend outwardly
  • the rib- shaped openings 73 1 allow the stability cradle 706 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 706.
  • stability cradle 706 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • Stability cradle 706 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3 rd though 5 th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • a lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 702 within the stabil ity cradle recession area 705 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 706 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 706 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 702 within the stability cradle recession area 705 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 706 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 702 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 7 16 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 702 within the stability cradle recession area 705 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod 71 6 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
  • top sheet 701 is covered with top sheet 701 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 701 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 738 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 738 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 701 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 738.
  • Traverse arch support 738 preferably l ies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 738 prov ides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a rear view of the insole.
  • Insole 800 preferably comprises a top sheet 801 and a base 802 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 802 also defines a longitudinal arch support 819 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 802 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 805 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 802 also define one or more ribs or protrusions 832 that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 832 are preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradual ly shorter distal ly and prox imal ly from the cuneiforms creating a parabol ic-like overal l shape.
  • An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by the stability cradle 806 and extending outwardly from the stability cradle 806 in the arch area.
  • Base 802 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot.
  • the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • a forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 805 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 802.
  • the stabil ity cradle recession area 805 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stabil ity cradle 806 is shaped essentially the same as stability cradle recession area 805 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 805.
  • Stabil ity cradle 806 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 802 to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 806 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 806 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 806 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cav ity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or ex it from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabi lity cradle 806 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped open ings 831.
  • the rib-shaped openings 831 allow said ribs 832 of base 802 to extend therethrough.
  • base 802 is molded so that the ribs 832 project into rib- shaped openings 83 1 so that the ribs 832 are approx imately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 806 and mechanically lock stability cradle 806 and base 802 together.
  • the ribs 832 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 83 1 when base 802 is compressed (e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 832 extend outwardly
  • stability cradle 806 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • Stability cradle 806 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3 rd though 5 th metatarsal heads prox imally to the back of the cuboid.
  • a lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 802 within the stabil ity cradle recession area 805 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 806 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 806 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 814 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 802 within the stability cradle recession area 805 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod 814 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 806 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 802 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 816 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 802 within the stability cradle recession area 805 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod 816 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
  • top sheet 801 is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 801 is made of a cool ing fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • FIG. 9 is a section view 9-9 along the middle of the insole as identified in FIGS. 4 and 5.
  • Insole 900 preferably comprises a top sheet 901 and a base 902 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 901 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • the bottom surface of base 902 defines a forefoot pad recession area 907 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 905 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • Base 902 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup. which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 10- 12, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the top surface of the base 902 defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 938 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 938 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 901 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 938.
  • Traverse arch support 938 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 938 provides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 907 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 907 extends rearward to about the rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 907 has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • Forefoot pad 908 is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area 907 and is secured therein.
  • Forefoot pad 908 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal ( back ) edge and a distal (front) edge.
  • the medial edge of forefoot pad 908 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole.
  • the prox imal edge extends from said medial edge laterally and proximally to said rear apex 957, laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approx imately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads.
  • forefoot pad recession area 907 and forefoot pad 908 underlie the big toe of a user ' s foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user ' s foot.
  • Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
  • the forefoot pad 908 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical j ump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user ' s foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 905 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 902.
  • the stability cradle recession area 905 extends from a medial edge approx imate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 907 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 906 is shaped essential ly the same as stability cradle recession area 905 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 905.
  • Stability cradle 906 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 902 to provide support for the foot.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 906 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cav ity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • a cushion ing core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of clastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • Stability cradle 906 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening is preferably sufficient to prov ide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 902 within the stability cradle recession area 905 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 906 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 913 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stabil ity cradle 906 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 914 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 9 1 3 and is secured to the bottom surface f base 902 within the stability cradle recession area 905 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 91 3 and allows lateral heel pod 914 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 9 1 3.
  • Lateral heel pod 914 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 900 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 914 also has a medial curv ilinear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • the configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 9 14 provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 9 1 5 to stabil ize the ankle.
  • Stability cradle 906 defines a medial heel pod opening 91 5 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 902 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 916 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 915 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 902 within the stability cradle recession area 905 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 915 and allows medial heel pod 916 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 915.
  • the medial heel pod 916 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod 914 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus (heel bone) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 906.
  • lateral heel pod 914 is made of a material having suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activ ity.
  • the foot twists, r pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground.
  • the foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in injury.
  • Stability cradle 906 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod 916 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 916 out of a material hav ing different characteristics than lateral heel pod 914.
  • medial heel pod 916 is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 914.
  • a firmer r stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load.
  • a medial heel pod 916 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 914 made of a softer material.
  • medial heel pod 916 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation. Conversely, making medial heel pod 916 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 914 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 16 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 914 and on the type of intended activ ity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod 914 and medial heel pod 916 differs by about 20- 30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activ ities.
  • medial heel pod 916 is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 912 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstancc portion of a step.
  • lateral midfoot pod is formed of a material hav ing the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 914.
  • a material having different characteristics may also be used.
  • Forefoot pad 908 is located under this part of the foot.
  • forefoot pad 908 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 908 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off
  • the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 908 extends rearward into a
  • stability cradle 906 and forefoot pad 908 perm it the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
  • the forefoot pad 920, lateral midfoot pod 921, lateral heel pod 922, and medial heel pod 923 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function.
  • the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 920 is approx imately 0.75 mm deep.
  • the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 923 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm.
  • the height is about 100 to 1 1 0 mm.
  • the depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1 ) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a lighter insole.
  • top sheet 901 is covered with top sheet 901 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 901 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadcite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the various components of an insole which arc secured to base 902 in the recession areas defined by base 902 on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base 902 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive.
  • the components also be secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a cross section 10- 10 as identified in FIGS. 4 and 5.
  • Insole 1000 preferably comprises a top sheet 1001 and a base 1002 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1001 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • the bottom surface of base 1002 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stability cradle recession area.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1005 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1002.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1005 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 106 is shaped essentially the same as stability cradle recession area 1005 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1005.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1006 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
  • top sheet 1001 is covered with top sheet 1001 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1001 is made of a cooling fabric wh ich contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, wh ich in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1038 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upw ard extension of transverse arch support 1038 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1001 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1038.
  • Traverse arch support 1038 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1038 prov ides additional stability to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • FIG. 1 1 i llustrates a cross section 1 1 - 1 1 as identi fied in FIGS. 4 and 5.
  • Insole 1 100 preferably comprises a top sheet 1 101 and a base 1 102 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1 101 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • the bottom surface of base 1 102 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stability cradle recession area.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1 105 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 102.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 105 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1 16 is shaped essential ly the same as stability cradle recession area 1 105 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1 105.
  • Stability cradle 1 106 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 102 to provide support for the foot.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 106 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures sign ificantly improv es the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
  • the stability cradle 1 106 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 1 1 1 .
  • the rib-shaped openings 1 13 1 allow said ribs 1 132 of base 1 102 to extend therethrough.
  • base 1 102 is molded so that the ribs 1 1 32 project into rib-shaped openings 1 13 I so that the ribs 1 1 32 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 106 and mechanically lock stability cradle 106 and base 1 102 together.
  • the ribs 1 1 32 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 1 1 3 1 when base 1 102 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 1 1 32 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm.
  • the rib- shaped openings 1 131 allow the stability cradle 1 106 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1 106.
  • stabil ity cradle 1 106 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward appro imately 0.50 mm.
  • Stability cradle 106 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 1 1 12 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 102 within the stability cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 1 1 1 2 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 1 .
  • top sheet 1 101 is covered with top sheet 1 101 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1 101 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates a cross section 1 2- 12 as identified in FIGS. 4 and 5.
  • Insole 1200 preferably comprises a top sheet 1201 and a base 1 202 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1 201 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • the bottom surface of base 1202 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stability cradle recession area.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1205 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 202.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1205 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly prox imal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1206 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1205 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1 205.
  • Stability cradle 1206 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 102 to provide support for the foot.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 206 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
  • Stability cradle 1 206 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1213 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1206 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 21 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 12 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1213 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 202 within the stability cradle recession area 1 205 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 12 1 and allows lateral heel pod 1 214 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1 2 1 3.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 214 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1 200 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 1 2 14 also has a medial curvil inear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stabil ity cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • Stability cradle 1206 defines a medial heel pod opening 1215 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1202 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1216 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 12 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 202 within the stability cradle recession area 1205 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1215 and allows medial heel pod 1 2 16 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 12 15.
  • the medial heel pod 12 16 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • top sheet 1201 is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1201 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • FIG. 13 i llustrates the bones of the foot superimposed over a bottom view of the insole of the present invention.
  • the calcaneus 1 70 At the heel of the foot is the calcaneus 1 70 and forward of the calcaneus 1370 is the talus 1372.
  • Forward of the talus 1 372 on the medial side is the navicular 1 374 and on the lateral side is the cuboid 1 376.
  • Forward of the cuboid 1376 and the navicular 1 374 arc cuneiforms 1378.
  • Forward of the cuneiforms 1378 and cuboid 1 376 are the metatarsals 1380A- 1380E.
  • the first metatarsal 1 3 0 A is located on the medial side of the foot and the fifth metatarsal 1380E is located on the lateral side of the foot.
  • Forward of the metatarsals 1 380A- 1 380E are the proximal phalanges 1382.
  • Forward of the proximal phalanges 1382 are the middle phalanges 1384, and at the end of each toe arc the distal phalanges 1386.
  • FIG. 14 shows the bottom view of the insole (similar to FIG. 5) and illustrates the various areas of the insole: distal medial arch area 1465, lateral midfoot area 1466, proximal medial arch area 1467, medial heel area 1468, lateral heel area 1469, forefoot area 1493 , toe area 1491 , metatarsal head area 1492, midfoot area 1494, and heel area 1495.
  • Forefoot area 1493 comprises toe area 149 1 and metatarsal head area 1492, encompassing the entire width of the insole from the toe end to behind the metatarsal heads or "balls " of the feet.
  • Toe area 14 1 has a length extending from the toe end to a diagonal edge that runs generally behind the 1 st distal phalange and 2 nd and 3 rd middle phalanges and 4 th and 5 th distal phalanges and forward of the metatarsal heads.
  • Toe area 1491 has a width extending from the medial border to the lateral border.
  • Metatarsal head area 1492 comprising first metatarsal head area 1403 and lesser metatarsal head area 1404, has a length extending from a front diagonal edge, adjacent the diagonal edge of toe area 1491 , to a back diagonal edge that generally runs behind the metatarsal heads. Metatarsal head area 1492 has a width extending from the medial border to the lateral border.
  • M idfoot area 1494 comprises distal medial arch area 1465 and lateral midfoot area 1466.
  • M idfoot area 1494 has a front edge adjacent forefoot area 149 or metatarsal head area 1492 and a back edge that runs diagonally from between the talus and navicular on the medial side to just behind the cuboid on the lateral side.
  • M idfoot area 1494 has a width extending from the medial border to the lateral border.
  • Distal medial arch area 1465 extends from a front edge just behind the first metatarsal head and adjacent the back diagonal edge of metatarsal head area 1492 to a back edge between the talus and navicular.
  • the width of distal medial arch area 1465 extends from the medial border to near the middle of the foot.
  • Lateral midfoot area 1466 extends from the back diagonal edge of metatarsal head area 1492 to a back edge j ust behind the cuboid.
  • the width of lateral midfoot area extends from near the middle of the foot to the lateral border.
  • Heel area 1495 comprises proximal medial arch area 1467, medial heel area 1468, and lateral heel area 1469. Heel area 1495 has a front edge adjacent the back edge of midfoot area 1494 and extends proximally to the heel end. H eel area 1495 has a width extending from the medial border to the lateral border.
  • Proximal medial arch area 1467 extends from a front edge between the talus and navicular or adjacent the front edge of heel area 1495 to a back point along the medial border about midway between the heel end and the talus.
  • the width of proximal medial arch area 1467 extends from the medial border to diagonal lateral edge where the diagonal lateral edge extends from about a th ird of the insole width lateral ly from the medial border along the front edge of the heel area 1495 to the back point of proximal medial arch area 1467.
  • Lateral heel area 1469 extends from a front edge just behind the cuboid or adjacent the front edge of heel area 1495 to the heel end.
  • the width of lateral heel area extends from a diagonal medial edge to the lateral border where diagonal medial edge extends from about a third of the insole width medial ly from the lateral border along the front edge of the heel area 1495 to a point just medial of the heel end.
  • Medial heel area 1468 extends from the front edge of the heel area 1495 to the medial border j ust medial of the heel end.
  • the width of medial heel area 1468 extends from the lateral diagonal edge of proximal medial arch area 1467 to the medial diagonal edge of lateral heel area 1469.
  • Forefoot pad recession area 1467 preferably extends the entire length of the metatarsal head area 1492 on the medial half and from the front diagonal edge of metatarsal head area 1492 to 3 rd through 5 th metatarsal heads on the lateral half.
  • Forefoot pad 1468 is secured to the forefoot pad recession area 1467.
  • Stability cradle 1406 is located in the entire midfoot area 1494 and heel area 1495. A portion of stability cradle 1406 on the lateral half extends forward into metatarsal head area 1492 to just behind the 3 rd through 5 th metatarsal heads.
  • ribs 1432 of base 1402 extend through rib openings 143 1 and arc located in the majority of the distal medial arch area 1465 and proximal medial arch area 1467.
  • the ribs or protrusions are defined by the stability cradle 1406 and extending outwardly from the stabi lity cradle 1406 and are located in the majority of the distal medial arch area 1465 and proximal medial arch area 1467.
  • Lateral mid foot pod opening is located approximately in the middle third of the lateral midfoot area 1466. Lateral midfoot pod opening extends essentially the entire length of lateral midfoot area 1466. Lateral midfoot pod 1412 is secured to lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • FIGS. 15A-15E illustrate the preferred embodiment or an insole for triathlon racing.
  • FIG. 15A- 1 and 15A-2 shows the top and bottom perspective views.
  • the current invention is an insole that incorporates, but is not limited to: (1 ) a faceted stabil ity cradle with a plural ity of stability ribs, (2) plurality of pods, (3) a forefoot pad (4) criss-cross groove patterns on the bottom surface of the pods and forefoot pads, and (5) a jadeite cooling top cloth.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of clastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • the present invention accomplishes the goals to: (1) improve ankle and foot stability, (2) cushion the heel and forefoot during push-offs and landings, (3) help prevent insole movement or sliding during shoe operation and change-overs, and (4) provide enhanced cush ioning features to the heel, midfoot, arch and forefoot during runn ing and cross-training exercises.
  • FIG. 15A- 1 is a top view of the insole 1500 illustrating the top sheet 1 501 and transverse arch support 1538.
  • Insole 1500 comprises a top sheet 1 501 secured across the entire top surface of the base from toe area to heel area.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1538 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1538 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 401 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1538.
  • Traverse arch support 1538 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1538 prov ides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • top sheet 1501 is a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source.
  • the form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • A s of air holes extend through top sheet 1501 and the base to permit air circulation above and below insole 1 500.
  • FIG. 15A-2 illustrates the bottom view of the insole.
  • Insole 1 500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1501 and a base 1502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 1502 also defines a longitudinal arch support 15 1 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area 1 507 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1 505 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 1502 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 1532 that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 1532 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • Base 1502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 15 B-7 to 1 5B- 10, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1 507 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1507 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1507 has a rear apex 1557 that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • Forefoot pad 1508 is shaped essential ly the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 507 and is secured therein.
  • Forefoot pad 1508 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal ( back ) edge and a distal (front) edge.
  • the medial edge of forefoot pad 1508 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole.
  • the proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and prox imally to said rear apex 1 557, lateral ly and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads.
  • forefoot pad recession area 1507 and forefoot pad 1508 underlie the big toe of a user ' s foot, and the "ball " of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user ' s foot.
  • Figure 13 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
  • the forefoot pad 1508 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user ' s foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1502.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly prox imal of the forefoot recession area 1507 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 502 to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 1506 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 1 506 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • stabil ity cradle 1 506 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95.
  • the stability cradle is semi-rigid. In an alternate embodiment, the stabil ity cradle is rigid.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 506 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " w hen a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cav ity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabi lity cradle 1506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 153 1.
  • the rib-shapcd openings 15 1 allow said ribs 1532 of base 1502 to extend therethrough.
  • base 1 502 is molded so that the ribs 1 532 project into rib-shaped openings 1 53 1 so that the ribs 1532 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1506 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 506 and base 1 502 together.
  • the ribs 1532 arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 153 1 when base 1502 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 1532 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm.
  • the rib- shaped openings 153 1 allow the stability cradle 1506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1 506.
  • stabil ity cradle 1506 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • Stability cradle 1506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 15 12 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 15 12 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 .
  • Lateral midfoot pod 15 1 2 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45-50 ASK.ER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1502 in the lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 of said base 1 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1502.
  • Stability cradle 1506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1513 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 15 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 15 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 15 13 and allows lateral heel pod 1 5 1 4 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 15 13.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1 500 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 15 14 also has a medial curvil inear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • the configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 1 5 14 prov ides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 5 1 5 to stabilize the ankle.
  • the hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. I f TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1502 in the lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 1 of said base 1502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 502.
  • Stability cradle 1506 defines a medial heel pod opening 15 15 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1 5 1 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 15 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1515 and allows medial heel pod 1 5 16 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 15 15.
  • the medial heel pod 15 16 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ⁇ 3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1 502 in the medial heel pod opening 15 15 of said base 1 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1502.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 506.
  • lateral heel pod 15 14 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
  • the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground.
  • the foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in injury.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 prov ides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 out of a material hav ing different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1 5 1 4.
  • medial heel pod 1 5 16 can be made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 15 14.
  • a firmer r stiffcr material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load.
  • a medial heel pod 15 16 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1 5 14 made of a softer material.
  • medial heel pod 1516 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
  • medial heel pod 15 1 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 1 5 1 4 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 15 1 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 15 14 and on the type of intended activity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod 15 1 4 and medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
  • medial heel pod 1 5 1 can be made significantly firmer in an i nsole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 15 1 2 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step.
  • lateral midfoot pod 1 5 1 2 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 5 14. However, a material having different characteristics can also be used.
  • Forefoot pad 1508 is located under this part of the foot.
  • forefoot pad 1508 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 1508 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
  • the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate. increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 1508 extends rearward i nto a
  • the shape of the stability cradle 1506 and forefoot pad 1508 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
  • Base 1502 is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties.
  • base 1502 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate (“EVA”) foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and v inyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber
  • TPR TPR/EVA mix.
  • a preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a duromcter ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
  • Forefoot pad 1508 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR " ) or Polyurethane (“PU").
  • TPR Thermoplastic Rubber
  • PU Polyurethane
  • the hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ⁇ 3.
  • the forefoot pad 1 520, lateral midfoot pod 1521 , lateral heel pod 1 522, and medial heel pod 1 523 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a l ighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function.
  • the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1 520 is approximately 0.75 mm deep.
  • the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns 1 52 1 and 1522 arc approximately 1.00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1523 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials.
  • the criss-cross groove patterns also assists with keeping the insole in place and not move or slide around within the shoe.
  • the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm.
  • the height is about 100 to 1 10 mm.
  • the depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes wi ll be proportional. Using the open-cell designs will provide for a lighter insole.
  • the various components of an insole w hich arc secured to base 1502 in the recession areas defined by base 1 502 on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base 1 502 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive.
  • the components arc secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
  • the recession areas also is lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface.
  • a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
  • Some shoes may sl ightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe. Some shoes may also provide extra padding along the inner sides, front or back of the shoe that alter the actual space provided for the foot and/or an insole on the inner part of the shoe.
  • Base 1502 may have sizing guides 1 550 that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides 1 550 provide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
  • FIG. 15 B- 1 to 1 5 B- 10 shows the top, bottom, medial side, lateral side, back, and five cross-section views of the insole.
  • FIG. 15 B- 1 illustrates a medial side view of the insole.
  • Insole 1 500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1501 and a base 1502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 1502 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1519 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1505 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 1 502 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 1532 that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 1 532 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- 1 ike overall shape.
  • Base 1502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot.
  • the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • a forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 502.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1506 is shaped essentially the same as stabi l ity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
  • Stability cradle 1506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 502 to provide support for the foot.
  • stabil ity cradle 1 506 ranges from approx imately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 1 506 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • the shoe facing surface of stabi lity cradle 1 506 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activ ities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabil ity cradle 1506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 153 1.
  • the rib-shaped openings 1 5 1 allow said ribs 1 532 of base 1502 to extend therethrough.
  • base 1 502 is molded so that the ribs 1 532 project into rib-shaped openings 1 53 1 so that the ribs 1 532 arc approx imately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1506 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 506 and base 1 502 together.
  • the ribs 1532 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 153 1 when base 1502 is compressed (e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 1 532 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm.
  • the rib- shaped openings 153 1 allow the stability cradle 1506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest f the stabi lity cradle 1506.
  • stability cradle 1506 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outw ardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and prox imal ly from the cuneiforms creating a parabol ic-like overal l shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3 rd though 5 th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • a lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stabi lity cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stabil ity cradle recession area 1 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1 5 16 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod 1 5 1 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
  • base 1 502 is covered with top sheet 1501 , wh ich is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadcite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1538 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 1538 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 501 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1538.
  • Traverse arch support 1538 preferably l ies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1538 provides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • FIG. 15A-2 illustrates the bottom view of the insole.
  • Insole 1 500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1501 and a base 1 502 havi ng a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 1 502 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1 5 1 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area 1 507 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1 505 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 1502 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 1532 that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 1532 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradual ly shorter distally and proximal ly from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • Base 1502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 15 B-7 to 1 5B- 10, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1 507 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1507 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1507 has a rear apex 1557 that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • Forefoot pad 1508 is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 507 and is secured therein.
  • Forefoot pad 1508 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal ( back ) edge and a distal (front) edge.
  • the medial edge of forefoot pad 1508 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole.
  • the proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and proximally to said rear apex 1557, laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads.
  • forefoot pad recession area 1507 and forefoot pad 1508 underlie the big toe of a user ' s foot, and the "ball " of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user ' s foot.
  • Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
  • An adhesive is used to secure the components.
  • the forefoot pad 1508 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user ' s foot, especial ly the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 is located in the m idfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1502.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1507 to a prox imal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 502 to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 1506 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 1 506 are preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • stabil ity cradle 1 506 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95.
  • the stability cradle is sem i-rigid. I n an alternate embodiment, the stabil ity cradle is rigid.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 506 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or v ice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or sw apping activ ities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole ' s movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stability cradle 1506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 1531.
  • the rib-shaped openings 1531 allow said ribs 1532 of base 1502 to extend therethrough.
  • base 1502 is molded so that the ribs 1 532 project into rib-shaped openings 153 I so that the ribs 1532 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 506 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1506 and base 1502 together.
  • the ribs 1532 arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 153 1 when base 1502 is compressed (e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 1532 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm.
  • the rib- shaped openings 153 1 allow the stability cradle 1506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1506.
  • stability cradle 1506 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs are longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • Stability cradle 1506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 15 12 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 1512 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 .
  • Lateral midfoot pod 15 1 2 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45-50 ASKER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1 502 in the lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 of said base 1 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1502.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1513 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 15 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1513 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stabil ity cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 and allows lateral heel pod 1 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 15 13.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1500 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 1 5 14 also has a medial curvil inear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • the configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 15 14 provides cushioning and works in association w ith the medial heel pod 1 5 1 5 to stabilize the ankle.
  • the hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, w hich work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ank le roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1502 in the lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 1 of said base 1502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 502.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 defines a medial heel pod opening 15 15 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end.
  • M edial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 15 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 5 1 5 and allows medial heel pod 1 5 16 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 15 15.
  • the medial heel pod 15 16 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex.
  • the edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • Medial heel pod 1516 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ⁇ 3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1502 i n the medial heel pod opening 1 15 of said base 1502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1502.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided i nto three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 506.
  • lateral heel pod 15 14 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
  • the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground.
  • the foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in injury.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 prov ides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 out of a material hav ing different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1 5 14.
  • medial heel pod 15 16 can be made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 15 14.
  • a firmer or stiffcr material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load.
  • a medial heel pod 15 16 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1 5 14 made of a softer material.
  • medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
  • medial heel pod 15 16 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 15 14 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 15 16 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1 5 14 and on the type of intended activity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod 15 14 and medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activ ities.
  • medial heel pod 1516 can be made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 15 1 2 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstancc portion of a step.
  • lateral midfoot pod 1 5 1 2 is formed of a material hav ing the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 5 14.
  • a material having different characteristics can also be used.
  • Forefoot pad 1508 is located under this part of the foot.
  • forefoot pad 1508 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 1508 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-of
  • the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 1508 extends rearward into a
  • the shape of the stability cradle 1506 and forefoot pad 1508 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
  • Base 1502 is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties.
  • base 1502 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate (“EVA”) foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR”)/EVA mix.
  • EVA Ethylene vinyl acetate
  • TPR Thermoplastic Rubber
  • a preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer (hardness) of about Asker C 45-50.
  • Forefoot pad 1508 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR”) or Polyurethanc (“PU").
  • TPR Thermoplastic Rubber
  • PU Polyurethanc
  • the hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ⁇ 3.
  • the forefoot pad 1520, lateral midfoot pod 1521 , lateral heel pod 1522, and medial heel pod 1523 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a l ighter insole while still prov iding the desired cushioning function.
  • the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1 520 is approximately 0.75 mm deep.
  • the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns 1 521 and 1522 arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1 523 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials.
  • the criss-cross groove patterns also assists with keeping the insole in place and not move or slide around w ithin the shoe.
  • the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm.
  • the height is about 100 to 1 10 mm.
  • the depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the open-cell designs wi ll provide for a lighter insole.
  • the various components of an insole which are secured to base 1 502 in the recession areas defined by base 1502 on the bottom surface are permanently affixed to base 1 502 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive.
  • the components arc secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
  • the recession areas also is lined with a cloth havin a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface.
  • a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
  • Base 1502 may have sizing guides 1550 that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides 1 550 prov ide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
  • FIG. 15B-3 illustrates a lateral side v iew of the insole.
  • Insole 1 500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1501 and a base 1 502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1501 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 1 502 also defines a longitudinal arch support 15 1 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stabil ity cradle recession area 1505 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • Base 1502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot.
  • the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the i nsole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • a forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 502.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge appro imate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1507 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1506 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 502 to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 1506 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 1 506 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 506 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or v ice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or sw appi ng activ ities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole ' s movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3 rd though 5 th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • a lateral midfoot pod 15 12 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral mid foot pod 15 12 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod 1 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1506 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
  • top sheet 1501 is preferably a non-wov en fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upward ly-extend ing portion or transverse arch support 1538 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 1538 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 501 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1538.
  • Traverse arch support 1538 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1538 provides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • FIG. 15A- 1 is a top view of the insole i llustrating the top sheet 1 501 and transverse arch support 1538.
  • Insole 1 500 comprises a top sheet 1501 secured across the entire top surface of the base from toe area to heel area.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1538 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1538 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1501 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1538.
  • Traverse arch support 1538 preferably l ies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1538 prov ides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • top sheet 1501 is a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minim ize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source.
  • the form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • a series of air holes extend through top sheet 1 501 and the base to permit air circulation above and below insole 1500.
  • FIG. 15 B-5 is a section view 1 5B-5 along the middle of the insole as identified in FIGS. 15 B-2.
  • Insole 1500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1 501 and a base 1502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1501 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • the bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area 1507 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1505 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • Base 1502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 15 B-6 to 1 5B- 10, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the top surface of the base 1 502 defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1538 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 1538 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 501 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1538.
  • Traverse arch support 1538 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1538 provides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1 507 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1507 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1507 has a rear apex that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • Forefoot pad 1508 is shaped essential ly the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 507 and is secured therein.
  • Forefoot pad 1508 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge.
  • the medial edge of forefoot pad 1508 extends along a line spaced lateral ly from said medial border of said insole.
  • the proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and proximally to said rear apex 1557, laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads.
  • forefoot pad recession area 1507 and forefoot pad 1508 underlie the big toe of a user ' s foot, and the "ball " of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial ball of the user ' s foot.
  • Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
  • the forefoot pad 1508 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user ' s foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1502.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1507 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1 506 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1502 to provide support for the foot.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1506 has a "faceted " surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod open ing 1 5 1 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 15 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod open ing 15 1 3 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 3.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1 500 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 1 5 14 also has a medial curvil inear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • Stability cradle 1506 defines a medial heel pod opening 15 15 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1 5 1 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 15 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1515 and allows medial heel pod 1 5 16 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 15 15.
  • the medial heel pod 15 1 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal ape and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally divided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus (heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 506.
  • lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is made of a material having suitable cushioning properties and arc selected based on an intended type of activity.
  • the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground.
  • the foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as wel l as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in inj ury.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1 506 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod 15 14.
  • medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1 5 14.
  • a firmer r stiffcr material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load.
  • a medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 15 14 made of a softer material.
  • medial heel pod 15 16 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
  • medial heel pod 15 16 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 15 14 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 1516 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 15 14 and on the type of intended activity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod 1514 and medial heel pod 1516 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
  • medial heel pod 1 51 is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 15 12 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step.
  • lateral midfoot pod is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1514.
  • a material having different characteristics may also be used.
  • Forefoot pad 1508 is located under this part of the foot.
  • forefoot pad 1508 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 1508 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
  • stability cradle 1506 The shape of the stability cradle 1506 and forefoot pad 1508 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
  • the forefoot pad 120, lateral midfoot pod 12 1 , lateral heel pod 122, and medial heel pod 123 are constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a l ighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function.
  • the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1520 is approximately 0.75 mm deep.
  • the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1523 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm.
  • the height is about 100 to 1 10 mm.
  • the depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a lighter insole.
  • base 1 502 is covered with top sheet 1501 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1 501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the v arious components of an insole which arc secured to base 1 502 in the recession areas defined by base 1502 on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base 1 502 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive.
  • the components also be secured during the molding process using techniques know n in the art of molding insoles.
  • the recession areas are also be lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface.
  • a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
  • FIG. 15B-6 illustrates a rear view of the insole.
  • Insole 1500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1501 and a base 1502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 1 502 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1519 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1505 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 1 502 also define one or more ribs or protrusions 1532 that extend outw ardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 1 5 2 are preferably longer around the cunei forms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- like overall shape.
  • An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by the stability cradle 1506 and extending outwardly from the stability cradle 1506 in the arch area.
  • Base 1502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot.
  • the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area begins partially prox imal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • a forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
  • the stabi l ity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 502.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1506 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 05 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1502 to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 1506 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 1 506 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 506 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabi lity cradle 1 506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 1 5 1 .
  • the rib-shaped openings 153 1 allow said ribs 1532 of base 1502 to extend therethrough.
  • base 1 502 is molded so that the ribs 1 532 project into rib-shaped openings 1 53 1 so that the ribs 1 532 arc approx imately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 506 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 506 and base 1 502 together.
  • the ribs 1532 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 153 1 when base 1502 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking r running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 1532 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm.
  • the rib- shaped openings 153 1 allow the stability cradle 1506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stabi lity cradle 1506.
  • stability cradle 1506 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outw ardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • Stability cradle 1506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3 rd though 5 th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid.
  • a lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stability cradle recession area 1 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod 1 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is shaped essential ly the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
  • base 1 502 is covered with top sheet 1501 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1 501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1 507 has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • FIG. 15 B-7 il lustrates a cross section 1 5B-7 as identified in F IGS. 1 5B-2.
  • Insole 1500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1 501 and a base 1502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1501 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • the bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stabil ity cradle recession area.
  • the stabi l ity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 502.
  • the stabil ity cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1526 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
  • Stability cradle 1506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1502 to provide support for the foot.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 506 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1513 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 15 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod open ing 1513 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1513 and allows lateral heel pod 1 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1513.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1 500 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 1 5 14 also has a medial curvil inear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral mid foot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • Stability cradle 1506 defines a medial heel pod opening 15 15 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1 5 1 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 15 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1515 and allows medial heel pod 1 5 16 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 15 15.
  • the medial heel pod 15 16 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • base 1 502 is covered with top sheet 1501 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to m ini mize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1 501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • FIG. 15 B-9 and 15B-8 illustrates a cross section 1 5 B-9 and 15B-8, respectively, as identified in FIGS. 1 5 B-2.
  • Insole 1 500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1 501 and a base 1502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1 501 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • the bottom surface of base 1 502 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stability cradle recession area.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 is located in the m idfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 502.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1516 is shaped essentially the same as stabi l ity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1 505.
  • Stability cradle 1506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1502 to provide support for the foot.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 506 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
  • the stabi lity cradle 1 506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 153 1.
  • the rib-shaped openings 1531 allow said ribs 1532 of base 1502 to extend therethrough.
  • base 1 502 is molded so that the ribs 1 532 project into rib-shaped openings 1 53 1 so that the ribs 1532 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 506 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 506 and base 1 502 together.
  • the ribs 1 532 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped open ings 153 1 when base 1502 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 1532 extend outwardly approx imately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a width of approx imately 4 mm.
  • the rib- shaped openings 153 1 allow the stability cradle 1 506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1506.
  • stability cradle 1506 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outw ardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 15 12 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stability cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 1512 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 .
  • top sheet 1501 is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1 501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • FIG. 15 B- I 0 illustrates a cross section 1 5 B- 10 as identified in FIGS. 1 5 B-2.
  • Insole 1500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1501 and a base 1502 hav ing a top surface secured to said top sheet 1501 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • the bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stability cradle recession area.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 502.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1506 is shaped essential ly the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1506 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the abil ity of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures sign ificantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
  • base 1502 is covered with top sheet 1501 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1 501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source.
  • the form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upward ly-cxtcnd ing portion or transverse arch support 1538 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 1538 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 501 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1538.
  • Traverse arch support 1538 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1538 prov ides additional stability to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • FIG. 15C- 1 to 15C-8 shows a medial side, bottom, lateral side, back, and four cross- section views of the stabi lity cradle.
  • FIGS. 15C- 1 to 15C-8 medial side, bottom, lateral side, back and four cross section views of a stability cradle 1506.
  • a stability cradle recession area is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of a base.
  • the stabil ity cradle recession area extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of a forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1506 is shaped essentially the same as the stability cradle recession area and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of the base to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 1506 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 1 506 are preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • stabil ity cradle 1 506 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95.
  • the stability cradle is semi-rigid. I n an alternate embodiment, the stability cradle is rigid.
  • the shoe facing surface of stabi lity cradle 1506 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the i nsole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activ ities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole ' s mov ement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabi lity cradle 1506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 153 1.
  • the rib-shaped openings 1531 allow ribs on the base to extend therethrough.
  • the ribs arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 15 1 w hen base is compressed ( e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • the rib-shaped openings 1 53 1 allow the stability cradle 1506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1 506.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cush ioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 is designed to allow a lateral midfoot pod to extend there through.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 3 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1 506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod opening 15 13 has a lateral edge w hich extends along the lateral border of insole from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 .
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod opening 1 5 13 also has a medial curv i linear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • Lateral heel pod opening 1513 is designed to allow a lateral heel pod to extend there through.
  • Medial heel pod opening 1 5 1 5 extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1502 just short of the heel end.
  • the medial heel pod opening 15 15 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges w iden out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod opening.
  • Medial heel pod opening 15 15 is designed to allow a medial heel pod to extend there through.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • FIG. 15 D- 1 to 1 5D-5 shows a medial side, bottom, lateral side, prospective and a cross-section of the insole pads 1 5 1 2, 15 14 and 1 5 16.
  • Figure 1 5D- 1 to 15 D-5 show a medial side, bottom, lateral side, prospective and one cross-section view of the insole pads 1 5 1 2, 15 14 and 15 16.
  • Stability cradle 1506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 3 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 3 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 3 and al lows lateral heel pod 1 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 15 13.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1500 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 15 14 also has a medial curvilinear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curv ed edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • the configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 15 14 provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 1 5 15 to stabilize the ankle.
  • the hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 102 in the lateral heel pod opening 1513 of said base 1502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1502.
  • Stability cradle 1506 defines a medial heel pod opening 15 15 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 15 15 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 5 1 5 and allows medial heel pod 1 5 1 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 15 15.
  • the medial heel pod 15 1 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which are connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • Medial heel pod 1 5 1 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ⁇ 3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1 502 in the medial heel pod opening 15 15 of said base 1 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 502.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally divided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 506.
  • lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
  • the foot twists, or pronatcs, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground.
  • the foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at w ich the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walk ing or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation can result in inj ury.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 prov ides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod 15 14.
  • medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1514.
  • a firmer or stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load.
  • a medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 15 14 made of a softer material.
  • medial heel pod 15 16 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
  • medial heel pod 15 16 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 15 14 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 15 1 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1 5 14 and on the type of intended activity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod 15 14 and medial heel pod 1 5 1 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
  • medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 15 1 2 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step.
  • lateral midfoot pod 1 5 1 2 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 5 14.
  • a material having different characteristics may also be used.
  • FIG. 15 E- 1 to 15E-4 shows a medial side, bottom, cross section prospective v iew of the forefoot pad.
  • Figures 15 E- 1 to 15 E-4 show a medial side, bottom, cross-sectio and prospective view of the forefoot pad 1508.
  • Forefoot pad 108 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR”) or Polyurcthanc ("PU").
  • the hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 0 Asker C ⁇ 3.
  • the forefoot pad 1 520, lateral midfoot pod 152 1 , lateral heel pod 1 522, and medial heel pod 1 523 are constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces.
  • the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1520 is
  • the lateral midfoot and heel criss-cross groove patterns 1 52 1 and 1522 are approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1523 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials.
  • the crisscross groove patterns assists with securing the insole in the shoe cavity and keeping the insole in place such that it will not move or slide around.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern also allows for air circulation and/or provides different cushioning and spring properties.
  • the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm.
  • the height is about 100 to 1 10 mm.
  • the depth is about
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a l ighter insole.
  • base 1 502 is covered with top sheet 1501 from toe to heel areas of the insole, which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1 501 is made of a cool ing fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeitc.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • Insole preferably comprises a top sheet and a base having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base also defines a longitudinal arch support that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support pushes up a portion of the top sheet that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support.
  • the bottom surface of base defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base also defines one or more ribs or protrusions that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by the stability cradle and extending outwardly from the stabil ity cradle in the arch area.
  • Base has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot.
  • the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • Forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
  • Forefoot pad has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal ( back ) edge and a distal (front) edge.
  • the medial edge of forefoot pad extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole.
  • the proximal edge extends from said medial edge laterally and proximally to said rear apex , laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads.
  • the lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad.
  • forefoot pad recession area and forefoot pad underlie the big toe of a user ' s foot, and the "ball " of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial ball of the user ' s foot.
  • the forefoot pad provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user ' s foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
  • the stabi l ity cradle recession area is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base.
  • the stability cradle recession area extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approx imate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle is shaped essentially the same as stability cradle recession area and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stabi lity cradle recession area.
  • Stability cradle has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base to provide support for the foot.
  • stabil ity cradle ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stabi lity cradle arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • stability cradle is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95.
  • the stability cradle is semi-rigid.
  • the stabi lity cradle is rigid.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed i to or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping and "change-over " of shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlo events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted desig increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cav ity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabi lity cradle preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings.
  • the rib-shaped openings al low said ribs of base to extend therethrough.
  • base is molded so that the ribs project into rib-shaped openings so that the ribs arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle and mechanically lock stability cradle and base together.
  • the ribs arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings when base is compressed ( e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm.
  • the rib-shaped openings allow the stability cradle to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stabil ity cradle.
  • stability cradle defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • Stability cradle 1 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base w ithin the stability cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral m idfoot pod opening.
  • Lateral midfoot pod is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45- 50 ASKER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base in the lateral midfoot pod opening of said base. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base.
  • Stability cradle also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stabi lity cradle from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base within the stability- cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
  • Lateral heel pod has a lateral edge w hich extends along the lateral border of insole from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to fol low the outl ine of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod also has a medial curvil inear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • the configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod to stabil ize the ankle.
  • the hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which w ork in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base in the lateral heel pod opening of said base. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base.
  • Stability cradle defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 102 within the stability cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
  • the medial heel pod has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which are connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • Medial heel pod is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ⁇ 3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base in the medial heel pod opening of said base. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally divided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle.
  • lateral heel pod is made of a material having suitable cush ioning properties and arc selected based on an intended type of activity.
  • the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground.
  • the foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation can result in injury.
  • Stability cradle provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod.
  • medial heel pod is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod.
  • a firmer or stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load.
  • a medial heel pod made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod made of a softer material.
  • medial heel pod tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
  • making medial heel pod from a softer material than lateral heel pod would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod and on the type of intended activity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod and medial heel pod differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activ ities.
  • Carrying a heav y backpack or other articles significantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
  • Lateral mid foot pod provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstancc portion of a step.
  • lateral midfoot pod is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod.
  • a material having different characteristics may also be used.
  • the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the ball of the foot.
  • Forefoot pad is located under this part of the foot.
  • forefoot pad is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
  • the first metatarsal naturally flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees.
  • the medial portion of forefoot pad extends rearward into a corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stability cradle.
  • the shape of the stability cradle and forefoot pad permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
  • Base is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties.
  • base comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate (“EVA”) foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR”)/EVA mix.
  • EVA Ethylene vinyl acetate
  • TPR Thermoplastic Rubber
  • a preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
  • Forefoot pad is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR”) or
  • the hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ⁇ 3.
  • the forefoot pad, lateral midfoot pod, lateral heel pod, and medial heel pod arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern introduces a friction fit and air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties of each pod and pad. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole whi le still providing the desired cushioni ng function.
  • the forefoot crisscross groove pattern is approximately 0.75 mm deep.
  • the lateral midfoot and heel criss-cross groove patterns and arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials.
  • the criss-cross groove patterns assists with securing the insole in the shoe cav ity and keeping the insole in place such that it will not move or slide around
  • the criss-cross groove pattern also allows for air circulation and/or provides different cushioning and spring properties.
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a lighter insole.
  • base is cov ered with top sheet from toe to heel areas of the insole, which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source.
  • the form of jade in the fabric is a jadeitc.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the various components of an insole which arc secured to base in the recession areas defined by base on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base using an appropriate means such as an adhesive.
  • the components are also secured during the molding process using techniques know n in the art of molding insoles.
  • the recession areas can also be lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface.
  • a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
  • Some shoes may slightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe or provide extra padding along the inner walls that alter the space provided on the inner part of the shoe.
  • Base may have sizing guides that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides provide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
  • FIGS. 15A- 15E The dimensions and measurements shown in FIGS. 15A- 15E arc dimensions and measurements of a preferred embodiment which arc incorporated herein.
  • FIGS. 16A-16D illustrate the preferred embodiment or an insole for triathlon training.
  • F IG. 1 6 A - 1 to 16A- 10 shows the top, bottom, medial side, lateral side, back, and five cross-section views of the insole.
  • the current invention is an insole that incorporates, but is not limited to: (1) a faceted stability cradle with a plurality of stabi lity ribs, (2) plurality of pods, (3) a forefoot pad (4) criss-cross groove patterns on the bottom surface of the pods and forefoot pads, and (5) a jadcitc cooling top cloth.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that prov ides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be ad justed to address issues of over under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • the present invention accomplishes the goals to: (1) improve ankle and foot stabil ity, (2) cushion the heel and forefoot during push-otTs and landings, (3) help prevent insole movement or sliding during shoe operation and change-overs, and (4) provide enhanced cushioning features to the heel, midfoot, arch and forefoot during running and cross-training exercises.
  • FIG. 16A- 1 is a top view of the insole 1600 ill ustrating the top sheet 1 01 and transverse arch support 1638.
  • Insole 1600 comprises a top sheet 1 601 secured across the entire top surface of the base from toe area to heel area.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upw ardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 1638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 401 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1638.
  • Traverse arch support 1638 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1638 provides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • top sheet 1601 is a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 401 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadcitc.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • a series of air holes extend through top sheet 1601 and the base to permit air circulation above and below insole 1600.
  • FIG. 16A-2 illustrates the bottom view of the insole.
  • Insole 1 600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 1602 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1619 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area 1 607 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1605 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 1602 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 1632 that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 1632 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-li ke overall shape.
  • Base 1602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 16B-7 to 1 6B- 10, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and th icker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1607 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1 607 extends rearw ard to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1607 has a rear apex 1657 that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • Forefoot pad 1608 is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 607 and is secured therein.
  • Forefoot pad 1608 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge.
  • the medial edge of forefoot pad 1608 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole.
  • the proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and proximally to said rear apex 1657, laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the rd through 5th metatarsal heads.
  • forefoot pad recession area 1607 and forefoot pad 1608 underlie the big toe of a user ' s foot, and the "ball " of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user ' s foot.
  • Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
  • the forefoot pad 1608 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user ' s foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 602.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1607 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 is shaped essential ly the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 602 to provide support for the foot.
  • stabi lity cradle 1606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 1 606 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • stabil ity cradle 1 606 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95.
  • the stability cradle is semi-rigid. I n an alternate embodiment, the stability cradle is rigid.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1606 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place” when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, r vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabi lity cradle 1606 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 163 1.
  • the rib-shaped openings 1 1 allow said ribs 1632 of base 1602 to extend therethrough.
  • base 1 602 is molded so that the ribs 1 632 project into rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 so that the ribs 1 632 arc approx imately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 606 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 606 and base 1 602 together.
  • the ribs 1632 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 163 1 when base 1602 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking r running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 1 632 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm.
  • the rib- shaped openings 163 1 allow the stability cradle 1606 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stabi lity cradle 1606.
  • stability cradle 1 606 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and prox imal ly from the cuneiforms creating a parabol ic-like overal l shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a di fferent firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • Stability cradle 1606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 1612 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1 605 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 1612 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 16 1 1 .
  • Lateral midfoot pod 161 2 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45-50 ASKER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1602 in the lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1 of said base 1 602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1602.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1613 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1 606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 16 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 161 3 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1613.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 614 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1600 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outl ine of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 1 614 also has a medial curvil inear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • the configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 1614 prov ides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 1 61 6 to stabilize the ankle.
  • the hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1602 in the lateral heel pod opening 1 1 1 of said base 1602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 602.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 defines a medial heel pod opening 1615 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1602 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1 61 6 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 1615 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 61 5 and allows medial heel pod 1 616 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 16 15.
  • the medial heel pod 1616 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which are connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • Medial heel pod 1 61 6 is preferably made from TPR r PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ⁇ 3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1 602 in the medial heel pod opening 1615 of said base 1 602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1602.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally divided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod 1 614 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus (heel bone) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 606.
  • lateral heel pod 1 614 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activ ity.
  • the foot twists, or pronatcs, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground.
  • the foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at w ich the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walk ing or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in injury.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 prov ides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod 1 61 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 61 6 out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1 614.
  • medial heel pod 1616 can be made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1614.
  • a firmer or stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load.
  • a medial heel pod 1616 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1 614 made of a softer material.
  • medial heel pod 1 61 6 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
  • medial heel pod 1616 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 1614 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 16 16 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and on the type of intended activity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and medial heel pod 1 61 6 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
  • medial heel pod 1 61 6 can be made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 161 2 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step.
  • lateral midfoot pod 1 61 2 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 614.
  • a material having different characteristics can also be used.
  • Forefoot pad 1608 is located under this part of the foot.
  • forefoot pad 1608 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 1608 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
  • the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees.
  • the medial portion of forefoot pad 1608 extends rearward into a corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stabi lity cradle 1 606.
  • the shape of the stability cradle 1606 and forefoot pad 1608 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
  • Base 1602 is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties.
  • base 1 602 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate (“EVA”) foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber
  • TPR TPR/EVA mix.
  • a preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
  • Forefoot pad 1608 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR”) or Polyurethanc (“PU").
  • TPR Thermoplastic Rubber
  • PU Polyurethanc
  • the hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ⁇ 3.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • the forefoot pad 1620, lateral midfoot pod 1621 , lateral heel pod 1 622, and medial heel pod 1 623 are constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a l ighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function.
  • the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1 620 is approximately 0.75 mm deep.
  • the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns 1 62 1 and 1622 arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1 623 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials.
  • the criss-cross groove patterns also assists with keeping the insole in place and not move or slide around within the shoe.
  • the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm.
  • the height is about 100 to 1 10 mm.
  • the depth is about 0.95 to 1.50 mm.
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to m inimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces f r a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the open-cell designs will provide f r a lighter insole.
  • the various components of an insole which are secured to base 1 602 in the recession areas defined by base 1602 on the bottom surface are permanently affixed to base 1 602 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive.
  • the components are secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
  • the recession areas also is lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface.
  • a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
  • Some shoes may slightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe. Some shoes may also provide extra padding along the inner sides, front r back of the shoe that alter the actual space provided for the foot and/or an insole on the inner part of the shoe.
  • Base 1602 may have sizing guides 1 650 that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides 1 650 prov ide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
  • FIG. 16B- I to 16B-8 shows a bottom, medial side, lateral side, back, and four cross- section views of the stabi lity cradle.
  • FIG. 16B- 1 illustrates a medial side view of the insole.
  • Insole 1600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 1602 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1619 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1605 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 1602 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 1632 that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 1632 are preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- like overall shape.
  • Base 1602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partial ly along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot.
  • the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • a forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1602.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1606 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 602 to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 1606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 1606 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • the shoe facing surface of stabi lity cradle 1 06 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activ ities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cav ity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabi lity cradle 1 606 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 .
  • the rib-shaped openings 163 1 allow said ribs 1632 of base 1602 to extend therethrough.
  • base 1 602 is molded so that the ribs 1 632 project into rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 so that the ribs 1632 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stabi lity cradle 1 606 and mechanical ly lock stability cradle 1 606 and base 1 602 together.
  • the ribs 1632 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 163 1 when base 1602 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 1632 extend outwardly approx imately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a w idth of approx imately 4 mm.
  • the rib- shaped openings 163 1 allow the stability cradle 1606 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1606.
  • a cush ioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of clastomeric pods to form an insole that prov ides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • stabil ity cradle 1606 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outw ardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3 rd though 5 th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • a lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and al lows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1606 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1602 just short of the heel end.
  • edial heel pod 161 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1 05 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod 1 61 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
  • top sheet 1 01 is covered with top sheet 1 01 , w hich is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1 01 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upw ardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 1638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 601 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1638.
  • Traverse arch support 1638 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1638 provides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • FIG. 16A-2 illustrates the bottom view of the insole.
  • Insole 1 600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 hav ing a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 1602 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1619 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area 1607 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1605 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 1602 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 1 632 that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 1632 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distal ly and prox imally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • Base 1602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which con forms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 16B-7 to 1 6B- 10, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1 607 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1607 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 1607 has a rear apex 1657 that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • Forefoot pad 1608 is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 607 and is secured therein.
  • Forefoot pad 1608 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge.
  • the medial edge of forefoot pad 1608 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole.
  • the proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and proximally to said rear apex 1657, laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads.
  • the lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad.
  • forefoot pad recession area 1607 and forefoot pad 1608 underlie the big toe of a user ' s foot, and the "ball " of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user ' s foot.
  • Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
  • the forefoot pad 1608 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user ' s foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 602.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1607 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 602 to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 1606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 1 606 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • stabil ity cradle 1 606 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95.
  • the stability cradle is semi-rigid. I n an alternate embodiment, the stability cradle is rigid.
  • the shoe facing surface of stabi lity cradle 1606 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activ ities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole ' s mov ement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabi lity cradle 1606 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 163 1.
  • the rib-shaped openings 1 3 1 allow said ribs 1632 of base 1602 to extend therethrough.
  • base 1 602 is molded so that the ribs 1 632 project into rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 so that the ribs 1632 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1606 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 606 and base 1 602 together.
  • the ribs 1 632 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped open ings 163 1 when base 1602 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 1632 extend outw ardly approx imately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a w idth of approx imately 4 mm.
  • the rib- shaped openings 163 1 allow the stability cradle 1 606 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1606.
  • stability cradle 1606 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outw ardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 1612 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 161 2 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 16 1 1 .
  • Lateral midfoot pod 161 2 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45-50 ASKER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1602 in the lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1 of said base 1 602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1602.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1613 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 16 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1613 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 w ithin the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1613.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 614 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1600 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral mid foot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outl ine of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 1 614 also has a medial curvil inear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • the configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 1614 prov ides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 5 1 6 to stabil ize the ankle.
  • the hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1602 in the lateral heel pod opening 1 61 1 of said base 1602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 602.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 defines a medial heel pod opening 1615 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 602 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1 61 6 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 1615 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 61 5 and allows medial heel pod 1616 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 1615.
  • the medial heel pod 1 1 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which are connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • Medial heel pod 1 61 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ⁇ 3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1602 in the medial heel pod opening 161 of said base 1602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1602.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod 1 61 4 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus (heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 606.
  • lateral heel pod 1614 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
  • the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground.
  • the foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in injury.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod 1 61 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 61 6 out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1 614.
  • medial heel pod 1616 can be made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1614.
  • a firmer or stiffer material does not compress as muc or as fast as a softer material under the same load.
  • a medial heel pod 16 16 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1 614 made of a softer material.
  • medial heel pod 1 61 6 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
  • medial heel pod 1616 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 1614 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 1616 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and on the type of intended activity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and medial heel pod 1 61 6 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
  • medial heel pod 1 61 6 can be made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 161 2 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step.
  • lateral midfoot pod 1 612 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 614.
  • a material having different characteristics can also be used.
  • Forefoot pad 1608 is located under this part of the foot.
  • forefoot pad 1608 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 1608 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
  • the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 1608 extends rearw ard into a
  • stability cradle 1606 and forefoot pad 1608 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
  • Base 1602 is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties.
  • base 1602 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate (“EVA”) foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber
  • TPR TPR/EVA mix.
  • a preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
  • Forefoot pad 1608 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR " ) or Polyurethane (“PU").
  • TPR Thermoplastic Rubber
  • PU Polyurethane
  • the hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ⁇ 3.
  • the forefoot pad 1620, lateral midfoot pod 1621 . lateral heel pod 1 622, and medial heel pod 1 623 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a l ighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function.
  • the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1 620 is approximately 0.75 mm deep.
  • the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns 1 621 and 1622 are approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1 623 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials.
  • the criss-cross groove patterns also assists with keeping the insole in place and not move or slide around within the shoe.
  • the width of the forefoot pad from the media l to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm.
  • the height is about 100 to 1 10 mm.
  • the depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the open-cell designs wi ll provide for a lighter insole.
  • the various components of an insole which arc secured to base 1 602 in the recession areas defined by base 1602 on the bottom surface are permanently affixed to base 1 602 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive.
  • the components arc secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
  • the recession areas also is lined with a cloth havin a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
  • Some shoes may sl ightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe. Some shoes may also provide extra padding along the inner sides, front or back of the shoe that alter the actual space provided for the foot and/or an insole on the inner part of the shoe.
  • Base 1602 may have sizing guides 1650 that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides 1650 prov ide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
  • FIG. 16B-3 illustrates a lateral side v iew of the insole.
  • Insole 1 00 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1601 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 1 602 also defines a longitudinal arch support 161 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stabil ity cradle recession area 1605 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • Base 1602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot.
  • the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • a forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1602.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1607 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1606 is shaped essentially the same as stability cradle recession area 1605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
  • Stability cradle 1606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1602 to provide support f r the foot.
  • stability cradle 1606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 1606 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because f the higher loading.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1606 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or v ice versa is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-ov er or swapping activ ities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole ' s movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3 rd though 5 th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • a lateral midfoot pod 1612 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod 1612 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 614 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod 1 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1602 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 w ithin the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
  • base 1 602 is covered with top sheet 1601 , which is preferably a non-wov en fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1 601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upward ly-extend ing portion or transverse arch support 1638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 1638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 601 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1638.
  • Traverse arch support 1638 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1638 provides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • FIG. 16B-4 is a top view of the insole illustrating the top sheet 1 601 and transverse arch support 1638.
  • Insole 1 600 comprises a top sheet 1601 secured across the entire top surface of the base from toe area to heel area.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1601 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1638.
  • Traverse arch support 1638 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1638 provides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • top sheet 1601 is a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source.
  • the form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • a series of air holes extend through top sheet 1601 and the base to permit air circulation above and below insole 1600.
  • FIG. 16B-5 is a section view line 16B-5 along the middle of the insole as identified in FIGS. 16B-2.
  • Insole 1600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1601 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • the bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area 1607 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1605 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • Base 1602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 16B-6 to 16B- 10, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the top surface of the base 1602 defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 1638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1601 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1638.
  • Traverse arch support 1638 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1638 provides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1607 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1607 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1607 has a rear apex that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • Forefoot pad 1608 is shaped essential ly the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 07 and is secured therein.
  • Forefoot pad 1608 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge.
  • the medial edge of forefoot pad 1608 extends along a line spaced lateral ly from said medial border of said insole.
  • the proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and proximally to said rear apex 1657, laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads.
  • forefoot pad recession area 1607 and forefoot pad 1608 underlie the big toe of a user ' s foot, and the "ball " of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user ' s foot.
  • Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
  • the forefoot pad 1608 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user ' s foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1602.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1607 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1 606 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1602 to provide support for the foot.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1606 has a "faceted " surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stability cradle recession area 1 05 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1613 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod open ing 1 61 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 1614 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod open ing 161 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod open ing 1 61 3.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 614 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1600 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 1 614 also has a medial curvil inear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • Stability cradle 1606 defines a medial heel pod opening 1615 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1602 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1 61 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 161 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1615 and allows medial heel pod 1616 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 1615.
  • the medial heel pod 1616 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod 1 614 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 606.
  • lateral heel pod 1 614 is made of a material having suitable cushioning properties and arc selected based on an intended type of activity.
  • the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground.
  • the foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as wel l as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results i n inj ury.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1 606 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod 1 61 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 61 6 out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1614.
  • medial heel pod 1 61 6 is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1614.
  • a firmer or stiffcr material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load.
  • a medial heel pod 1 61 6 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1614 made of a softer material.
  • medial heel pod 1616 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
  • medial heel pod 1616 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 1614 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 1616 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and on the type of intended activity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and medial heel pod 1 61 6 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
  • medial heel pod 1 61 6 is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpack ing. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 161 2 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step.
  • lateral midfoot pod is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 614. However, a material having different characteristics may also be used.
  • Forefoot pad 1608 is located under this part of the foot.
  • forefoot pad 1608 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 1608 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
  • the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 1608 extends rearw ard into a
  • the shape of the stability cradle 1606 and forefoot pad 1608 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
  • a cushion ing core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of clastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • the forefoot pad 1620, lateral midfoot pod 1621 , lateral heel pod 1 622, and medial heel pod 1623 are constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function.
  • the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1 620 is approximately 0.75 mm deep.
  • the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1623 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm.
  • the height is about 100 to 1 10 mm.
  • the depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a l ighter insole.
  • top sheet 1 601 is covered with top sheet 1 601 , w hich is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1 601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadcitc.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the various components of an insole which arc secured to base 1602 in the recession areas defined by base 1602 on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base 1602 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive.
  • the components also be secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
  • the recession areas are also be lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface.
  • a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
  • FIG. 16B-6 illustrates a rear view of the insole.
  • Insole 1600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1 602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base 1 602 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1619 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the bottom surface of base 1 602 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1605 along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base 1 602 also define one or more ribs or protrusions 1632 that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs 1 632 are preferably longer around the cunei forms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- like overall shape.
  • An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by the stability cradle 1606 and extending outwardly from the stability cradle 1606 in the arch area.
  • Base 1602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot.
  • the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area begins partially prox imal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • a forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
  • the stabi l ity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1602.
  • the stabil ity cradle recession area 1605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 602 to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 1606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 1 606 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1606 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or v ice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stabil ity cradles) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole ' s movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabi lity cradle 1 606 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 1 6 1 .
  • the rib-shaped openings 163 1 allow said ribs 1632 of base 1602 to extend therethrough.
  • base 1 602 is molded so that the ribs 1 632 project into rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 so that the ribs 1632 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 606 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 606 and base 1 602 together.
  • the ribs 1632 arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 1631 when base 1602 is compressed (e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 1632 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm.
  • the rib- shaped openings 16 1 allow the stability cradle 1606 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1606.
  • stability cradle 1606 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs are longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3 rd though 5 th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • a lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stability cradle recession area 1 605 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and al lows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 614 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod 1 61 4 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 602 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1 61 6 is shaped essential ly the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod 1 61 6 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
  • base 1 602 is covered with top sheet 1601 , wh ich is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the forefoot pad recession area 1 607 has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • FIG. 16B-7 il lustrates a cross section 1 6B-7 as identified in FIGS. 1 6B-2.
  • I nsole 1600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1601 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • the bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stabil ity cradle recession area.
  • the stabi l ity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 602.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability- cradle 1 626 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1 605.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1602 to provide support for the foot.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 606 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1613 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod open ing 1 61 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 1614 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1613 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1613.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1600 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 1 614 also has a medial curvil inear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • Stabil ity cradle 1 606 defines a medial heel pod opening 1615 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1602 just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod 1 61 6 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 1615 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 61 5 and allow s medial heel pod 1 616 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 161 5.
  • the medial heel pod 1616 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which are connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • top sheet 1601 is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1 6 1 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade i the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combinatio with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • FIG. 16B-9 and 16B-8 illustrates a cross sectio 1 6B-9 and 16B-8, respectively, as identified in FIGS. 16B-2.
  • Insole 1 600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1 601 and a base 1602 hav ing a top surface secured to said top sheet 1601 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • the bottom surface of base 1 602 defines a forefoot pad recessio area and a stability cradle recession area.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 602.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1616 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
  • Stability cradle 1606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1602 to provide support for the foot.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1606 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
  • the stabi lity cradle 1 606 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 163 1.
  • the rib-shaped openings 16 1 allow said ribs 1632 of base 1602 to extend therethrough.
  • base 1 602 is molded so that the ribs 1 632 project into rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 so that the ribs 1632 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 606 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 606 and base 1 602 together.
  • the ribs 1632 arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 163 1 when base 1602 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs 1632 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm.
  • the rib- shaped openings 163 1 allow the stability cradle 1 606 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest f the stabi lity cradle 1606.
  • stability cradle 1606 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outw ardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outw ard approximately 0.50 mm.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 1612 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 1612 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 .
  • top sheet 1 601 is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1 601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadcitc.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • FIG. 16B- 10 illustrates a cross section 16B- 10 as identified in F IGS. 1 6B-2.
  • Insole 1600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1601 and an opposite bottom surface.
  • the bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stability cradle recession area.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the m idfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 602.
  • the stability cradle recession area 1 605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 606 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
  • base 1 602 is covered with top sheet 1601 , wh ich is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upward extension of transverse arch support 1638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 601 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1638.
  • Traverse arch support 1638 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1638 prov ides additional stability to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
  • FIGS. 16C- 1 to 16C-8 medial side, bottom, lateral side, back and four cross section views of a stability cradle 1 606.
  • a stability cradle recession area is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of a base.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of a forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 is shaped essentially the same as the stability cradle recession area and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of the base to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle 1606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stability cradle 1606 are preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • stabi lity cradle 1606 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95.
  • the stability cradle is sem i-rigid. I n an alternate embodiment, the stabil ity cradle is rigid.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 606 has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe.
  • Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or v ice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions.
  • these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole ' s movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabi lity cradle 1606 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 163 1.
  • the rib-shaped openings 1631 allow ribs on the base to extend therethrough.
  • the ribs arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 1 1 when base is compressed ( e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • the rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 allow the stability cradle 1 606 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stabi lity cradle 1 606.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushion ing to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 is designed to allow a lateral midfoot pod to extend there through.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod opening 1613 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod opening 1 1 also has a medial curvi linear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • Lateral heel pod opening 1 13 is designed to allow a lateral heel pod to extend there through.
  • Medial heel pod opening 1615 extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1602 just short of the heel end.
  • the medial heel pod opening 1 1 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod opening.
  • Medial heel pod opening 1615 is designed to allow a medial heel pod to extend there through.
  • Stability cradle 1606 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • FIG. 16C- 1 to 1 C-5 shows a bottom and side views of the lateral midfoot pod, medial heel pod, and lateral heel pod, and a section view of the medial heel pod and lateral heel pod.
  • Figure 1 6D- 1 to 16D-5 show a medial side, bottom, lateral side, prospective and one cross-section view of the insole pads 1 61 2, 1614 and 16 16.
  • Stability cradle 1 06 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1 toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod 1614 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3.
  • Lateral heel pod 1 614 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1600 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod 1614 also has a medial curvilinear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curv ed edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • the configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 1614 provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 1615 to stabilize the ankle.
  • the hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 102 in the lateral heel pod opening 161 3 of said base 1602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 602.
  • Stability cradle 1 606 defines a medial heel pod opening 1615 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 602 just short of the heel end.
  • edial heel pod 1 61 6 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 161 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 61 5 and allows medial heel pod 1616 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 1615.
  • the medial heel pod 1616 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
  • Medial heel pod 1616 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ⁇ 3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 102 in the medial heel pod opening 1615 of said base 1 602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1602.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod 1 614 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 606.
  • lateral heel pod 1614 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
  • the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground.
  • the foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation can result in inj ury.
  • Stability cradle 1606 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod 1 1 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 1 out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1614.
  • medial heel pod 1616 is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1614.
  • a firmer or stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load.
  • a medial heel pod 1616 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1614 made of a softer material.
  • medial heel pod 1616 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
  • medial heel pod 1616 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 1614 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 1616 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and on the type of intended activity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and medial heel pod 1616 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
  • medial heel pod 1616 is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
  • Lateral midfoot pod 1612 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step.
  • lateral midfoot pod 1612 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1614.
  • a material having different characteristics may also be used.
  • FIG. 16D- 1 to 16D-4 shows a bottom, side, cross section and prospective view of the forefoot pad.
  • Figures I 6E- 1 to 16E-4 show a medial side, bottom, cross-section and prospective view of the forefoot pad 1608.
  • Forefoot pad 108 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR") r Polyurethane (“PU").
  • the hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ⁇ 3.
  • the forefoot pad 1620, lateral midfoot pod 1621 , lateral heel pod 1622, and medial heel pod 1623 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces.
  • the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1620 is
  • the lateral midfoot and heel criss-cross groove patterns 1 21 and 1622 arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1623 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials.
  • the crisscross groove patterns assists with securing the insole in the shoe cavity and keeping the insole in place such that it will not move or slide around.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern also allows for air circulation and/or provides different cushioning and spring properties.
  • the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm.
  • the height is about 100 to 1 10 mm.
  • the depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a lighter insole.
  • base 1602 is covered with top sheet 1601 from toe to heel areas of the insole, which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet 1601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • Insole preferably comprises a top sheet and a base having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface.
  • Base also defines a longitudinal arch support that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
  • the top surface of the base defines an upw ardly-extending portion or transverse arch support that l ies under the metatarsal head area of the foot.
  • the upw ard extension of transverse arch support pushes up a portion of the top sheet that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support.
  • the bottom surface of base defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area along the midfoot and heel areas.
  • the bottom surface of base also defines one or more ribs or protrusions that extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the ribs arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximal ly from the cuneiforms creating a parabol ic-like overal l shape.
  • An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by the stability cradle and extending outwardly from the stability cradle in the arch area.
  • Base has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot.
  • the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
  • the forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the prox imal phalanges of the foot.
  • the forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion.
  • Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
  • Forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
  • Forefoot pad has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal ( back ) edge and a distal (front) edge.
  • the medial edge of forefoot pad extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole.
  • the proximal edge extends from said medial edge laterally and proximally to said rear apex , laterally and distally towards the rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads.
  • the lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad.
  • forefoot pad recession area and forefoot pad underlie the big toe of a user ' s foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial ball of the user ' s foot.
  • the forefoot pad provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical j ump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user ' s foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
  • the stabi lity cradle recession area is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base.
  • the stability cradle recession area extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base.
  • a medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
  • Stability cradle is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stabil ity cradle recession area.
  • Stability cradle has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base to provide support for the foot.
  • stability cradle ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm.
  • the sides of stabi lity cradle arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
  • stability cradle is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95.
  • the stability cradle is semi-rigid.
  • the stabi lity cradle is rigid.
  • the shoe facing surface of stability cradle has a "faceted " surface texture.
  • This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place " when a user ' s foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping and "change-over " of shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or sw apping activ ities.
  • the faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole ' s movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
  • the stabi lity cradle preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings.
  • the rib-shaped openings allow said ribs of base to extend therethrough.
  • base is molded so that the ribs project into rib-shaped openings so that the ribs are approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle and mechanically lock stability cradle and base together.
  • the ribs are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings when base is compressed ( e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot.
  • said ribs extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm.
  • the rib-shaped openings allow the stability cradle to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stabi lity cradle.
  • stability cradle defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings.
  • the protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area.
  • the protruding ribs arc longer around the cunei forms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
  • the protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
  • Stability cradle 106 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid.
  • the length of the lateral m idfoot pod opening is preferably su fficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot.
  • Lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base within the stability cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
  • Lateral midfoot pod is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45- 50 ASKER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base in the lateral midfoot pod opening of said base. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base.
  • Stability cradle also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stabi lity cradle from approximately rearw ard of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end.
  • Lateral heel pod is shaped essential ly the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base within the stability- cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allow s lateral heel pod to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
  • Lateral heel pod has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod.
  • the lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outl ine of the insole heel end.
  • the lateral heel pod also has a medial curvilinear edge.
  • the overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
  • the configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod to stabilize the ank le.
  • the hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. I f TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base in the lateral heel pod opening of said base. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base.
  • a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control.
  • Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod.
  • the pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods.
  • the pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
  • Stabil ity cradle defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base just short of the heel end.
  • Medial heel pod is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 102 within the stabi lity cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
  • the medial heel pod has essential ly a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex.
  • Medial heel pod is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ⁇ 3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base in the medial heel pod opening of said base. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base.
  • Foot contact with the ground is generally divided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off.
  • heel strike the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force.
  • lateral heel pod is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle.
  • lateral heel pod is made of a material having suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
  • the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground.
  • the foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation can result in injury.
  • Stability cradle provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
  • Medial heel pod helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod. A firmer or stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation. Conversely, making medial heel pod from a softer material than lateral heel pod would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
  • the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod and on the type of intended activity.
  • the firmness of lateral heel pod and medial heel pod differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activ ities.
  • Carryi ng a heavy backpack or other articles sign ificantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
  • Lateral midfoot pod provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the m idstance portion of a step.
  • lateral mid foot pod is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod.
  • a material having different characteristics may also be used.
  • the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the ball of the foot.
  • Forefoot pad is located under this part of the foot.
  • forefoot pad is formed of a relativ ely resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
  • the first metatarsal naturally flexes downward. Prev enting this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees.
  • the medial portion of forefoot pad extends rearward into a corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stabi lity cradle.
  • the shape of the stability cradle and forefoot pad permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
  • Base is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties.
  • base comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate (“EVA”) foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR”)/EVA mix.
  • EVA Ethylene vinyl acetate
  • TPR Thermoplastic Rubber
  • a preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
  • Forefoot pad is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber (“TPR”) or
  • the hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ⁇ 3.
  • the forefoot pad , lateral midfoot pod , lateral heel pod , and medial heel pod arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad.
  • the criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positiv ely influence the impact absorption properties of each pod and pad. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole while still prov iding the desired cushioning function.
  • the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern is approximately 0.75 mm deep.
  • the lateral midfoot and heel criss-cross groove patterns and arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep.
  • the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
  • the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials.
  • the criss-cross groove patterns assists with securing the insole in the shoe cavity and keeping the insole in place such that it will not move or slide around
  • the criss-cross groove pattern also allows for air circulation and/or provides different cushioning and spring properties.
  • the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm.
  • the height is about 100 to 1 10 mm.
  • the depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
  • the total weight of the insoles it is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men ' s size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men ' s size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men ' s size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a lighter insole.
  • base is covered with top sheet from toe to heel areas of the insole, which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters.
  • top sheet is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source.
  • the form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite.
  • the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
  • the various components of an insole which arc secured to base in the recession areas defined by base on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base using an appropriate means such as an adhesive.
  • the components arc also secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
  • the recession areas can also be lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
  • Some shoes may slightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe or provide extra padding along the inner walls that alter the space prov ided on the inner part of the shoe.
  • Base may have sizing guides that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides provide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
  • FIGS. 16A-16D are dimensions and measurements of a second preferred embodiment which are incorporated herein.

Abstract

An insole which provides cushioning and support to a user's foot subjected to ground forces and/or differing weather conditions encountered during active sports, for example triathlons, is herein disclosed. The insole comprises a base having a bottom side which defines recesses adapted to receive pads and pods having particular properties. The location and materials of the various pads and pods work together to provide ankle and foot stabilization, enhanced cushioning features, and resistance to insole movement during shoe operation.

Description

TRIATHLON INSOLE
RE LATED APPLICATION DATA
100011 Not applicable.
TECH ICA L F I E LD
[0002] The present invention relates to a shoe insole with improved cush ioning and support to the foot of a wearer engaging in cross training and triathlon sporting activities.
BACKGROUND OF TH E INVENTION
[0003] The human foot is a very complex biological mechanism. The load on the foot at heel strike is typically about one and a half times a person's body weight when a person w alks. When running or carrying extra weight, such as a backpack, loads on the foot can exceed three times the body weight. The many bones, muscles, ligaments, and tendons of the foot function to absorb and dissipate the forces of impact, carry the weight of the body and other loads, and provide forces for propulsion. Properly designed shoe insoles can assist the foot in perform ing these functions and protect the foot from injury.
[0004] Insoles may be custom made to address the specific needs of an individual. They may be made based on casts of the end user's foot or may be made of a thermoplastic material that is molded to the contours of the end user's foot. Like most custom made items, custom insoles tend to be expensive because of the low volume and extensive time needed to make and fit them properly. As such, it is not practical to make such custom made insoles for the general public.
[0005] To be practical for distribution to the general public, an insole must be able to provide benefit to the user without requiring individualized adjustment and fitting. A first type of insole commonly av ailable ov er-the-counter emphasizes cushioning the foot so as to maximize shock absorption. For typical individuals cushioning insoles perform adequately while engaged in light to moderate activities, such as walking or running. That is, a cushioning insole provides sufficient cushioning and support for such activities. However, for more strenuous or technically challenging activities, such as carrying a heavy backpack or traversing difficult terrain, a typical cushion ing insole will not be adequate. Under such conditions, a cushioning insole by itself would not provide enough support and control, and tends to bottom out during use by fully compressing the cushioning insole. [0006j Another type of over-the-counter insole emphasizes control. Typically, such insoles arc made to be relatively stiff and rigid so as to control the bending and twisting of the foot by l imiting foot motion. The rigid structure is good at controll ing motion, but is not very forgiving. As a result, when motion of the foot reaches a limit imposed by the rigid structure, the load on the foot tends to change abruptly and increases the load on the structures of the foot. Because biological tissues such as tendons and ligaments arc sensitive to the rate at which they arc loaded, the abrupt change in load causes injury or damage to the foot, ankle or leg.
[0007] In view of the foregoing, it would be desirable to provide an over-the-counter insole that provides both cushioning and control. It would also be desirable to provide an insole that provides both cushioning and control and is practical for use by the general public during cross-training or triathlon-related activities.
[0008] The Applicant has received patents for insoles having a stability cradle and multiple pods located thereon. These patents include U.S. Patent Nos. 74843 19, 7665169, 7908768 and 8250784. These patents, however, do not address the possible movement of the insole during shoe operation or provide more enhanced cushioning characteristics to address constant run training, for example for a triathlon.
[0009] There is a present need for a shoe insole that accomplishes the goals to: (1) prov ide increased ankle and foot stability, (2) cushion the heel and forefoot during push-offs and landings, (3) custom-contour to the inside shape of all running and cross-training shoes, (4) be extremely light, (5) provide enhanced cushioning capabilities and (6) have essentially zero movement or sliding during shoe operation and change-overs.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0010] It is also an object of the present invention to provide an insole that provides both cushioning and control and is practical for use by the general public. The above, and other objects and advantages of the present are prov ided by an insole that provides both motion control and cushioning. The insole includes a system of interacting components that cooperate to achiev e a desired combination of foot cushioning and motion control. The components include a foam core, a semi-rigid or rigid stability cradle, and a number of elastomeric pods and pads. The characteristics of the components, their size and shape, and their position arc selected to provide a desired blend of cushioning and control, and more specifically to achieve a desired biomechanical function.
[0011] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cush ioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stabil ity cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that prov ides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
[0012] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the components of an insole are permanently affixed to each other to create an insole designed for an intended type or category of activity. Many insole designs can be made to address a broad range of different activities. In one embodiment of the invention, an insole comprises a kit including a number of interchangeable pods having different characteristics. Using such a kit, an end user can selectively change the pods to customize the insole to accommodate a specific activity.
[0013] The current invention is an insole that incorporates, but is not limited to: (1) a faceted stability cradle with transverse stability ribs, (2) plurality of pods, (3) a forefoot pad (4) criss-cross groove patterns on the bottom surface of the pods and forefoot pad, and (5) a jadeite cooling top cloth. The present invention accomplishes the goals to: (1) improve ankle and foot stability, (2) cushion the heel and forefoot during push-offs and landings, (3) help prevent insole movement or sliding during shoe operation and change-overs, and (4) provide enhanced cush ioning features to the heel, midfoot, arch and forefoot for running and cross-training exercises.
BRIEF DESCR I PTION OF TH E DRAW INGS
[0014] FIG. 1 is a exploded bottom perspective view of an illustrative embodiment of an insole in accordance with the principles of the present invention;
[0015] FIG. 2 is a bottom perspective view showing the base of the insole;
[0016] FIG. 3 A is a bottom view of the stability cradle; [0017] FIG. 3B is a bottom perspective view of the stability cradle;
[0018] FIG. 4 is a top (dorsal) view of the insole;
[0019] FIG. 5 bottom ( plantar) v iew of the insole;
[0020] FIG. 6 is a lateral (outer side) view of the insole;
[0021] FIG. 7 is a medial ( i nner side) view of the insole;
[0022] FIG. 8 is a rear ( proximal ) view of the insole;
[0023] FIG. 9 is a longitudinal cross sectional v iew of the insole along 9-9;
[0024] FIG. 10 is a transverse cross sectional view behind the metatarsal area of the insole along 10- 10;
[0025] FIG. 1 1 is a transverse cross sectional view through the arch area of the insole along
1 1 - 1 1 ;
[0026[ FIG. 12 is a transverse cross sectional view through the heel area of the insole along
12- 12;
[0027] FIG. 13 is a view of the bones of the foot superimposed on a bottom (plantar) view of the insole;
[0028] FIG. 14 is a bottom view illustrating the various areas of the insole;
[0029] FIGS. 15A-15E illustrate the preferred embodiment or an insole for triathlon racing; and,
[0030] FIGS. 16A- 16D illustrate a second preferred embodiment or an insole for triath lon training.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0031] All insoles with a heelcup and a degree of medial longitudinal arch support are likely to provide a modicum (a couple of degrees ) of pronation "control." A degree of medical longitudinal and support is just a couple of degrees based on research evidence. By pronation "control," we mean the increase in supination moments acting around the joints of the rcarfoot and decrease the magnitude of pronation moments ).
[0032] The current invention is an insole that incorporates, but is not l imited to: (1) a faceted stability cradle with a plural ity of stability ribs, (2) plurality of pods, (3) a forefoot pad (4) criss-cross groove patterns on the bottom surface of the pods and forefoot pads, and (5) a jadeitc cooling top cloth. In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stabi lity cradle and a number of elastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cush ioning and traction grip in the shoe. The present invention accomplishes the goals to: (1) improve ankle and foot stability, (2) cushion the heel and forefoot during push-offs and landings, (3) help prevent insole movement or sliding during shoe operation and change-overs, and (4) provide enhanced cushioning features to the heel, midfoot, arch and forefoot during running and cross-training exercises.
[0033] In reference to FIGS. 1 through 16, an insole constructed in accordance with the principles of the present invention is disclosed. It should be understood that insoles arc generally adapted to be inserted inside a user's shoe. A user's right shoe and left shoe arc mirror images of one another as are the insoles adapted to be inserted in a right shoe and a left shoe respectively. Only the left insole is illustrated in the Figures. It wi ll be understood by those of skill in the art that the right insole has a mirror image construction of the left insole.
[0034] The insole of the invention is shaped essentially like the bottom interior of an athletic shoe (and therefore adapted to receive a user's foot which has a generally similar shape when at rest). The insole extends from a heel end (proximal ) to a toe end (distal) and has a medial border or side on the arch side of the foot, connecting said toe end to said heel end along the arch side of the insole and a lateral border or side on the other side thereof, connecting said toe end to said heel end on the other side of the insole. The insole also has a forefoot area ( area that correlates with the metatarsal and phalanges of the foot), an arch area ( along the medial side), a heel area (just forward of the heel end ), and a midfoot area (between the heel area and forefoot area ).
[0035[ As shown in the exploded view of FIG. 1 , insole 100 preferably comprises a top sheet 101 and a base 102 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base 102 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1 19 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to prov ide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[0036] Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upw ardly-extending portion or transverse arch support that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot (best shown in FIGS. 4 and 10). The upward extension of transverse arch support pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 01 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support.
[0037] The bottom surface of base 102 defines a forefoot pad recession area 107 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 105 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 102 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 132 that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs 132 are preferably longer around the cunei forms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- like ov erall shape. An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by the stability cradle 106 and extending outwardly from the stabi lity cradle 106 in the arch area.
[0038] Base 102 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 10- 1 2, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[0039] The forefoot pad recession area 107 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area 107 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 107 has a rear apex 157 that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
[0040] Forefoot pad 108 is shaped essential ly the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 07 and is secured therein. Forefoot pad 108 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal ( back ) edge and a distal (front) edge. The medial edge of forefoot pad 108 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole. The proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and prox imally to said rear apex 1 7, lateral ly and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximal ly to the lateral edge approximately along the 3r through 5 1 metatarsal heads. The lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad. In use, forefoot pad recession area 107 and forefoot pad 108 underlie the big toe of a user's foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial ball of the user's foot. Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
[0041] An adhesive is be used to secure the components. The forefoot pad 108 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user's foot, especially the 1st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
[0042] It is estimated that using tougher materials increases the durability of the insole by 35% to 65% over insoles that use softer materials for this portion of the foot insole.
[0043] The stabi lity cradle recession area 105 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 102. The stability cradle recession area 105 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge sl ightly prox imal of the forefoot recession area 107 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 106 is shaped essential ly the same as stability cradle recession area 105 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 105.
[0044] Stability cradle 106 has wal ls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 102 to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 106 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 106 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading. Preferably, stabil ity cradle 106 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95. In a preferred embodiment, the stability cradle is semi-rigid. In an alternate embodiment, the stabi lity cradle is rigid.
[0045] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 106 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping and "change-over" of shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[0046] The stability cradle 106 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 131. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 1 1 allow said ribs 132 of base 102 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 102 is molded so that the ribs 132 project into rib- shaped openings 13 1 so that the ribs 132 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 106 and mechanically lock stability cradle 106 and base 102 together. Advantageously, the ribs 132 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 13 1 when base 102 is compressed (e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 132 extend outwardly
approximately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 13 1 allow the stability cradle 106 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 106.
[0047] In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle 106 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[0048] Stability cradle 106 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 11 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod 1 12 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 102 within the stability cradle recession area 105 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 1 12 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 .
[0049] Lateral midfoot pod 1 12 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45-50 ASK.ER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 102 in the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 of said base 102. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 102.
[0050] Stability cradle 106 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1 13 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stabil ity cradle 1 06 from approximately rearw ard of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 tow ard the heel end. Lateral heel pod 1 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1 1 3 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 102 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 105 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 1 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1 13. Lateral heel pod 1 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 100 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 1 14 also has a medial curvilinear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight l ines.
[0051] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 1 14 provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 1 15 to stabilize the ankle. The hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle rol l-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 102 in the lateral heel pod opening 1 1 3 of said base 102. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 02.
[0052] Stabil ity cradle 106 defines a medial heel pod opening 1 1 5 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 102 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1 16 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 1 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 102 within the stability cradle recession area 105 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 1 5 and allow s medial heel pod 1 1 6 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 1 15. The medial heel pod 1 1 6 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[0053] Medial heel pod 1 16 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ±3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 102 in the medial heel pod opening 1 15 of said base 102. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 102.
[0054] Foot contact with the ground is generally divided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. To cushion the impact, lateral heel pod 1 14 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stabil ity cradle 106. Preferably, lateral heel pod 1 1 4 is made of a material having suitable cushioning properties and arc selected based on an intended type of activity.
[0055] Following the initial impact of the heel with the ground, the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as wel l as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation can result in inj ury.
[0056] Stabil ity cradle 106 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod 1 16 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 16 out of a material hav ing different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1 14. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod 1 16 is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1 14. A firmer or stiffcr material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod 1 16 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1 14 made of a softer material . As a result, medial heel pod 1 1 6 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation. Conversely, making medial heel pod 1 16 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 1 14 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
[0057] Preferably, the firmness of the material used i n medial heel pod 1 16 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1 14 and on the type of intended activity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod 1 14 and medial heel pod 1 1 6 differs by about 20- 30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
[0058] Carryi ng a heavy backpack or other articles sign ificantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod 1 16 is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
[0059] Lateral midfoot pod 1 12 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step. Typically, lateral midfoot pod 1 12 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 14. However, a material hav ing different characteristics may also be used.
[0060] The use of dual density heel pods is employed to cause a kinetic change in foot function to promote ankle stability. It is also not out of the scope of the invention to have the medial heel pod softer than the lateral heel pod and/or lateral midfoot pod or any combination thereof to address different joint moments or ankle rolls.
[0061] At the beginning of the propulsion or toe-off phase of a step, the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the ball of the foot. Forefoot pad 108 is located under this part of the foot. Preferably, forefoot pad 108 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 108 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
[0062] During toe off, the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate. increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 108 extends rearward into a
corresponding concav e edge portion of the distal edge of stability cradle 106. The shape of the stabil ity cradle 106 and forefoot pad 108 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
[0063] Base 102 is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties. Preferably, base 102 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate ("EVA") foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR")/'EVA mix. A preferred EVA or TPR. EVA mix has a durometcr ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
[0064] Forefoot pad 108 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR") or Polyurcthanc ("PU"). The hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ±3. [0065} The forefoot pad 120, lateral midfoot pod 1 21 , lateral heel pod 1 22, and medial heel pod 123 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties of each pod and pad. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole while still prov iding the desired cushioning function. Preferably, the forefoot crisscross groove pattern 120 is approximately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel criss-cross groove patterns 12 1 and 1 22 are approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 123 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep. Preferably the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials. The criss-cross groove patterns assists with securing the insole in the shoe cav ity and keeping the insole in place such that it will not move or slide around The criss-cross groove pattern also allows for air circulation and/or prov ides different cushioning and spring properties.
[0066j For a men's size 1 1 - 1 2 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 10 mm. The depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
[0067] It is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men's size 12/13. Other sizes wi ll be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a lighter insole.
[0068] In a preferred embodiment, base 102 is covered w ith top sheet 1 01 from toe to heel areas of the insole, which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 101 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi. [0069] In a first preferred embodiment of the present invention, the various components of an insole which arc secured to base 102 in the recession areas defined by base 102 on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base 102 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive. The components arc also secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
[0070] The recession areas can also be lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
[0071] Some shoes may slightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe. Some shoes may also provide extra padding along the inner sides, front or back of the shoe that alter the actual space provided for the foot and/or an insole on the inner part of the shoe. Base 102 may have sizing guides 150 that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides 150 prov ide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
[0072] The current invention is an insole that incorporates, but is not limited to: (1) a faceted stability cradle with a plurality of stability ribs, (2) plurality of pods, (3) a forefoot pad (4) criss-cross groove patterns on the bottom surface of the pods and forefoot pads, and (5) a jadeitc cooling top cloth. In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that prov ides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe. The present invention accomplishes the goals to: (1) improve ankle and foot stability, (2) cushion the heel and forefoot during push-offs and landings, (3) help prevent insole movement or sliding during shoe operation and change-overs, and (4) provide enhanced cushioning features to the heel, midfoot, arch and forefoot during running and cross-training exercises. [0073] FIG. 2 illustrates a perspective view of the bottom of base 202 without any pads, pods, or attachments. Base 202 has a top surface and an opposite bottom surface. Base 202 also defi nes a longitudinal arch support 219 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[0074] The bottom surface of base 202 defines a forefoot pad recession area 207 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 205 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 202 defines one or more ribs or protrusions 232 that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs 232 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- like overall shape. An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by a stabil ity cradle and extending outwardly from the stability cradle in the arch area.
[0075] Base 202 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 10- 12, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[0076] The forefoot pad recession area 207 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area 207 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 207 has a rear apex 257 that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
[0077] The stabi lity cradle recession area 205 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 202. The stability cradle recession area 205 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 207 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1 st metatarsal during toe off.
[0078] Base 202 is preferably made of foam or other material hav ing suitable cushioning properties. Preferably, base 202 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate ("EVA") foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR")/EVA mix. A preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
[0079] FIGS. 3 A and 3B are bottom and perspective views of a stabi lity cradle 306. A stability cradle recession area is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of a base. The stability cradle recession area extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge sl ightly prox imal of a forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1 st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 306 is shaped essentially the same as the stability cradle recession area and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area.
[0080] Stability cradle 306 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of the base to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 306 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 306 are preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading. Preferably, stabil ity cradle 306 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95. In a preferred embodiment, the stability cradle is semi-rigid. In an alternate embodiment, the stabi l ity cradle is rigid.
[0081] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 306 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear to other footw ear, or vice versa, is a very common practice duri ng triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cav ity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[0082] The stabi lity cradle 306 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped open ings 33 1 . In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 33 1 allow ribs on the base to extend therethrough. Advantageously, the ribs arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 33 1 when base is compressed (e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. The rib-shaped openings 331 allow the stability cradle 306 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 306.
[0083] Stability cradle 306 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 3 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 3 1 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. The lateral midfoot pod opening 311 is designed to allow a lateral midfoot pod to extend there through.
[0084] Stability cradle 306 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 3 13 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 306 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 3 1 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod opening 3 13 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod opening 31 1. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod opening 3 13 also has a medial curvilinear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
Lateral heel pod opening 3 13 is designed to allow a lateral heel pod to extend there through.
[0085[ Medial heel pod opening 315 extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 302 just short of the heel end. The medial heel pod opening 315 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which are connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod opening. Medial heel pod opening 3 15 is designed to allow a medial heel pod to extend there through.
[0086[ Stability cradle 306 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
[0087] FIG. 4 is a top view of the insole illustrating the top sheet 401 and transverse arch support 438. Insole 400 comprises a top sheet 401 secured across the entire top surface of the base from toe area to heel area. Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 438 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 438 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 401 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 438. [0088] Traverse arch support 438 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 438 prov ides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[0089] In a preferred embodiment, top sheet 401 is a non-w oven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 401 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi. A series of air holes extend through top sheet 401 and the base to permit air circulation above and below insole 400.
[0090] FIG. 5 i llustrates the bottom view of the insole. I nsole 500 preferably comprises a top sheet 501 and a base 502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base 502 also defines a longitudinal arch support 519 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[0091] The bottom surface of base 502 defines a forefoot pad recession area 507 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 505 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 502 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 5 2 that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs 532 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- like overall shape.
[0092] Base 502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 10- 12, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[0093] The forefoot pad recession area 507 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area 507 extends rearward to about the 3 rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 507 has a rear apex 557 that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
[0094] Forefoot pad 508 is shaped essential ly the same as forefoot pad recession area 507 and is secured therein. Forefoot pad 508 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The medial edge of forefoot pad 508 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole. The proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and proximal ly to said rear ape 557, lateral ly and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads. The lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad. In use, forefoot pad recession area 507 and forefoot pad 508 underlie the big toe of a user's foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user's foot. Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
|0095) An adhesive is used to secure the components. The forefoot pad 508 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user's foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
|0096| It is estimated that using tougher materials increase the durability of the insole by 35% to 65% over insoles that use softer materials for this portion of the foot insole.
[0097] The stabi lity cradle recession area 505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 502. The stability cradle recession area 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 507 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 506 is shaped essential ly the same as stabil ity cradle recession area 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 505.
[0098] Stability cradle 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 502 to prov ide support for the foot. Preferably, stabi lity cradle 506 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 506 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading. Preferably, stabil ity cradle 506 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95. In a preferred embodiment, the stability cradle is semi-rigid. In an alternate embodiment, the stabi lity cradle is rigid.
[0099] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 506 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or ex it from the shoe cavity.
[00100] The stability cradle 506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 531. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 531 allow said ribs 532 of base 502 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 502 is molded so that the ribs 532 project into rib- shaped openings 53 1 so that the ribs 532 are approx imately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 506 and mechanically lock stability cradle 506 and base 502 together.
Advantageously, the ribs 532 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 53 1 when base 502 is compressed ( e.g., wh ile walking or runn ing) to provide additional cush ioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 532 extend outwardly
approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 53 1 allow the stability cradle 506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 506.
1001011 In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle 506 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cunei forms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00102] Stability cradle 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 5 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 5 1 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod 512 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 5 1 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 502 within the stability cradle recession area 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 5 1 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 5 1 2 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 51 1.
100103] Lateral midfoot pod 5 1 2 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45-50 ASKER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 502 in the lateral midfoot pod opening 5 1 1 of said base 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 502.
[00104] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cush ioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of clastomeric pods to form an insole that prov ides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
[00105] Stability cradle 506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 513 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stabil ity cradle 506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod openi ng 5 1 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 5 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 513 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 502 within the stability cradle recession area 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 513 and allows lateral heel pod 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 5 13. Lateral heel pod 5 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 500 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outl ine of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 5 14 also has a medial curvilinear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines. [00106] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 514 provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 1 to stabilize the ankle. The hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 502 in the lateral heel pod opening 5 1 1 of said base 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 502.
[00107] Stability cradle 506 defines a medial heel pod opening 5 1 5 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 502 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 5 1 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 5 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 502 within the stability cradle recession area 505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 5 1 5 and allows medial heel pod 5 16 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 5 15. The medial heel pod 5 16 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00108] Medial heel pod 5 16 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ±3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 502 i n the medial heel pod opening 5 1 5 of said base 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 502.
[00109] Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. To cushion the impact, lateral heel pod 5 14 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 506. Preferably, lateral heel pod 5 14 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
|00110] Following the initial impact of the heel with the ground, the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in injury. [00111] Stability cradle 506 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod 516 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 5 16 out of a material hav ing different characteristics than lateral heel pod 5 14. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod 5 16 can be made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 514. A firmer or stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod 5 16 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 5 14 made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod 516 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation. Conversely, making medial heel pod 516 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 5 14 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
[00112] Preferably, the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 5 16 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 514 and on the type of intended activity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod 514 and medial heel pod 516 differs by about 20- 30 % f r an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
[00113] Carrying a heavy backpack or other articles significantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod 5 16 can be made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate f r such activities.
[00114] Lateral midfoot pod 512 prov ides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step. Typically, lateral midfoot pod 5 12 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 5 14. However, a material hav ing different characteristics can also be used.
[00115] The use of dual density heel pods is employed to cause a kinetic change in foot function to promote ankle stability. It is also not out of the scope of the invention to have the medial heel pod softer than the lateral heel pod and/or lateral midfoot pod or any combination thereof to address different joint moments or ankle rolls.
[00116] At the beginning of the propulsion or toe-off phase of a step, the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the ball of the foot. Forefoot pad 508 is located under this part of the foot. Preferably, forefoot pad 508 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 508 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
[00117] During toe off, the first metatarsal naturally flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 508 extends rearward into a
corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stability cradle 506. The shape of the stability cradle 506 and forefoot pad 508 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
[00118] Base 502 is preferably made of foam or other material hav ing suitable cushioning properties. Preferably, base 502 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate ("EVA") foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR")/EVA mix. A preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
[00119] Forefoot pad 508 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR") or Polyurethane ("PU"). The hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ±3.
[00120] The forefoot pad 520, lateral midfoot pod 521 , lateral heel pod 522, and medial heel pod 523 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function. Preferably, the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 520 is approximately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns 521 and 522 are approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 523 is approximately 1.00 to 2.50 mm deep.
Preferably the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials. The criss-cross groove patterns also assists with keeping the insole in place and not move or slide around within the shoe. [00121] For a men's size 1 1 - 1 2 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 10 mm. The depth is about
0.95 to 1.50 mm.
|00122| It is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men's size 12/13. Other sizes wi ll be proportional. Using the open-cell designs will provide for a lighter insole.
[00123] In a first preferred embodiment of the present invention, the various components of an insole which arc secured to base 502 in the recession areas defined by base 502 on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base 502 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive. The components arc secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
[00124] The recession areas also is lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
[00125] Some shoes may slightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe. Some shoes may also provide extra padding along the inner sides, front or back of the shoe that alter the actual space provided for the foot and/or an insole on the inner part of the shoe. Base 502 may have sizing guides 550 that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides 550 provide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
[00126] FIG. 6 illustrates a lateral side view of the insole. Insole 600 preferably comprises a top sheet 601 and a base 602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 601 and an opposite bottom surface. Base 602 also defines a longitudinal arch support 619 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00127] The bottom surface of base 602 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 605 along the midfoot and heel areas. [00128] Base 602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. The height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00129] The forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals. A forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
[00130] The stabi lity cradle recession area 605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 602. The stability cradle recession area 605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 607 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 606 is shaped essential ly the same as stabil ity cradle recession area 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 605.
[00131] Stability cradle 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 602 to prov ide support for the foot. Preferably, stabi lity cradle 606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 606 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
[00132] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stabi lity cradle 606 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear to other footw ear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activ ities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00133] Stability cradle 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. A lateral midfoot pod 612 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 602 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 605 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod 61 2 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00134] Stability cradle 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 614 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 602 within the stability cradle recession area 605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
[00135] Stability cradle 606 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 602 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod is shaped essential ly the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 602 within the stability cradle recession area 605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
[00136] In a preferred embodiment, base 602 is covered with top sheet 601, which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00137] Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 601 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 638.
[00138] Traverse arch support 638 preferably l ies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 638 prov ides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00139] FIG. 7 illustrates a medial side view of the insole. Insole 700 preferably comprises a top sheet 701 and a base 702 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base 702 also defines a longitudinal arch support 719 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00140] The bottom surface of base 702 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 705 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 702 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 7 2 that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs 732 are preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distal ly and prox imal ly from the cuneiforms creating a parabol ic-like overal l shape.
|001411 Base 702 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. The height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00142] The forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approx imately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals. A forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
[00143] The stabi l ity cradle recession area 705 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 702. The stability cradle recession area 705 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge sl ightly prox imal of the forefoot recession area to a prox imal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stabi lity cradle 706 is shaped essentially the same as stability cradle recession area 705 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stabil ity cradle recession area 705.
[00144] Stability cradle 706 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 702 to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 706 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 706 are preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
[00145] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 706 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or v ice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activ ities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stabil ity cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00146] The stability cradle 706 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 7 1 . In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 73 1 allow said ribs 732 of base 702 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 702 is molded so that the ribs 732 project into rib- shaped openings 73 1 so that the ribs 732 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 706 and mechanically lock stability cradle 706 and base 702 together.
Advantageously, the ribs 732 arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 73 1 when base 702 is compressed ( e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 732 extend outwardly
approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 73 1 allow the stability cradle 706 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 706.
[00147] In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle 706 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00148] Stability cradle 706 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. A lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 702 within the stabil ity cradle recession area 705 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00149] Stability cradle 706 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 706 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 702 within the stability cradle recession area 705 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
[00150] Stability cradle 706 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 702 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 7 16 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 702 within the stability cradle recession area 705 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod 71 6 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
[00151] In a preferred embodiment, base 702 is covered with top sheet 701 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 701 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00152] Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 738 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 738 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 701 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 738.
[00153] Traverse arch support 738 preferably l ies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 738 prov ides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00154] FIG. 8 illustrates a rear view of the insole. Insole 800 preferably comprises a top sheet 801 and a base 802 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base 802 also defines a longitudinal arch support 819 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00155] The bottom surface of base 802 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 805 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 802 also define one or more ribs or protrusions 832 that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs 832 are preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradual ly shorter distal ly and prox imal ly from the cuneiforms creating a parabol ic-like overal l shape. An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by the stability cradle 806 and extending outwardly from the stability cradle 806 in the arch area.
[00156] Base 802 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. The height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00157] The forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals. A forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
[00158] The stabi lity cradle recession area 805 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 802. The stabil ity cradle recession area 805 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stabil ity cradle 806 is shaped essentially the same as stability cradle recession area 805 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 805.
[00199] Stabil ity cradle 806 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 802 to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 806 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 806 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
[00160] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 806 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cav ity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or ex it from the shoe cavity.
[00161] The stabi lity cradle 806 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped open ings 831. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 831 allow said ribs 832 of base 802 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 802 is molded so that the ribs 832 project into rib- shaped openings 83 1 so that the ribs 832 are approx imately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 806 and mechanically lock stability cradle 806 and base 802 together.
Advantageously, the ribs 832 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 83 1 when base 802 is compressed (e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 832 extend outwardly
approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 83 1 allow the stability cradle 806 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 806. [00162] In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle 806 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00163] Stability cradle 806 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads prox imally to the back of the cuboid. A lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 802 within the stabil ity cradle recession area 805 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00164] Stability cradle 806 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 806 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 814 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 802 within the stability cradle recession area 805 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod 814 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
[00165] Stability cradle 806 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 802 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 816 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 802 within the stability cradle recession area 805 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod 816 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
[00166] In a preferred embodiment, base 802 is covered with top sheet 801 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 801 is made of a cool ing fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi. 100167] FIG. 9 is a section view 9-9 along the middle of the insole as identified in FIGS. 4 and 5. Insole 900 preferably comprises a top sheet 901 and a base 902 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 901 and an opposite bottom surface. The bottom surface of base 902 defines a forefoot pad recession area 907 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 905 along the midfoot and heel areas.
[00168] Base 902 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup. which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 10- 12, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00169] Preferably, the top surface of the base 902 defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 938 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 938 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 901 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 938. Traverse arch support 938 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 938 provides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00170] The forefoot pad recession area 907 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area 907 extends rearward to about the rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 907 has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
1001711 Forefoot pad 908 is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area 907 and is secured therein. Forefoot pad 908 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal ( back ) edge and a distal (front) edge. The medial edge of forefoot pad 908 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole. The prox imal edge extends from said medial edge laterally and proximally to said rear apex 957, laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approx imately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads. The lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad. In use, forefoot pad recession area 907 and forefoot pad 908 underlie the big toe of a user's foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user's foot. Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
[00172] An adhesive is be used to secure the components. The forefoot pad 908 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical j ump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user's foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
[00173] It is estimated that using tougher materials increases the durabi l ity of the insole by 35% to 65% over insoles that use softer materials for this portion of the foot insole.
[00174] The stabi lity cradle recession area 905 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 902. The stability cradle recession area 905 extends from a medial edge approx imate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 907 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 906 is shaped essential ly the same as stability cradle recession area 905 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 905.
[00175] Stability cradle 906 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 902 to provide support for the foot.
[00176] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 906 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cav ity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00177] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushion ing core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of clastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
[00178] Stability cradle 906 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening is preferably sufficient to prov ide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 902 within the stability cradle recession area 905 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00179] Stability cradle 906 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 913 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stabil ity cradle 906 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 914 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 9 1 3 and is secured to the bottom surface f base 902 within the stability cradle recession area 905 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 91 3 and allows lateral heel pod 914 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 9 1 3. Lateral heel pod 914 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 900 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 914 also has a medial curv ilinear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00180] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 9 14 provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 9 1 5 to stabil ize the ankle.
|001811 Stability cradle 906 defines a medial heel pod opening 91 5 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 902 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 916 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 915 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 902 within the stability cradle recession area 905 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 915 and allows medial heel pod 916 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 915. The medial heel pod 916 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00182] Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. To cushion the impact, lateral heel pod 914 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus (heel bone) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 906. Preferably, lateral heel pod 914 is made of a material having suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activ ity.
[00183] Following the initial impact of the heel with the ground, the foot twists, r pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in injury.
[00184] Stability cradle 906 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod 916 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 916 out of a material hav ing different characteristics than lateral heel pod 914. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod 916 is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 914. A firmer r stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod 916 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 914 made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod 916 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation. Conversely, making medial heel pod 916 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 914 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
[00185] Preferably, the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 16 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 914 and on the type of intended activ ity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod 914 and medial heel pod 916 differs by about 20- 30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activ ities.
[00186] Carrying a heavy backpack or other articles significantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod 916 is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
[00187] Lateral midfoot pod 912 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstancc portion of a step. Typical ly, lateral midfoot pod is formed of a material hav ing the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 914. However, a material having different characteristics may also be used.
[00188] The use of dual density heel pods is employed to cause a kinetic change in foot function to promote ankle stability. It is also not out of the scope of the invention to have the medial heel pod softer than the lateral heel pod and/or lateral midfoot pod or any combination thereof to address different joint moments or ankle rolls.
[00189] At the beginning of the propulsion or toe-off phase of a step, the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the ball of the foot. Forefoot pad 908 is located under this part of the foot. Preferably, forefoot pad 908 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 908 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off
|00190| During toe off, the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 908 extends rearward into a
corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stability cradle 906. The shape of the stability cradle 906 and forefoot pad 908 perm it the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
|00191| The forefoot pad 920, lateral midfoot pod 921, lateral heel pod 922, and medial heel pod 923 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function. Preferably, the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 920 is approx imately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 923 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
[00192] For a men's size 1 1 - 1 2 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 1 0 mm. The depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
[00193] It is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1 ) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men's size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a lighter insole.
[00194] In a preferred embodiment, base 902 is covered with top sheet 901 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 901 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadcite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00195] In a first preferred embodiment of the present invention, the various components of an insole which arc secured to base 902 in the recession areas defined by base 902 on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base 902 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive. The components also be secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
[00196] The recession areas are also be lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area. 1001971 FIG. 10 illustrates a cross section 10- 10 as identified in FIGS. 4 and 5. Insole 1000 preferably comprises a top sheet 1001 and a base 1002 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1001 and an opposite bottom surface. The bottom surface of base 1002 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stability cradle recession area.
[00198] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1005 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1002. The stability cradle recession area 1005 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 106 is shaped essentially the same as stability cradle recession area 1005 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1005.
[00199] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1006 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
[00200] In a preferred embodiment, base 1002 is covered with top sheet 1001 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1001 is made of a cooling fabric wh ich contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, wh ich in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
|002011 Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1038 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upw ard extension of transverse arch support 1038 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1001 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1038. [00202] Traverse arch support 1038 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1038 prov ides additional stability to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00203] FIG. 1 1 i llustrates a cross section 1 1 - 1 1 as identi fied in FIGS. 4 and 5. Insole 1 100 preferably comprises a top sheet 1 101 and a base 1 102 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1 101 and an opposite bottom surface. The bottom surface of base 1 102 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stability cradle recession area.
[00204] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1 105 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 102. The stability cradle recession area 1 105 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1 16 is shaped essential ly the same as stability cradle recession area 1 105 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1 105. Stability cradle 1 106 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 102 to provide support for the foot.
[00205] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 106 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures sign ificantly improv es the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
[00206] The stability cradle 1 106 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 1 1 1 . In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 1 13 1 allow said ribs 1 132 of base 1 102 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 1 102 is molded so that the ribs 1 1 32 project into rib-shaped openings 1 13 I so that the ribs 1 1 32 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 106 and mechanically lock stability cradle 106 and base 1 102 together. Advantageously, the ribs 1 1 32 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 1 1 3 1 when base 1 102 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 1 1 32 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 1 131 allow the stability cradle 1 106 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1 106.
[00207] In an alternate embodiment, stabil ity cradle 1 106 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward appro imately 0.50 mm.
[00208] Stability cradle 106 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod 1 1 12 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 102 within the stability cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 1 1 1 2 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 1 .
[00209] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 102 is covered with top sheet 1 101 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1 101 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00210] FIG. 12 illustrates a cross section 1 2- 12 as identified in FIGS. 4 and 5. Insole 1200 preferably comprises a top sheet 1201 and a base 1 202 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1 201 and an opposite bottom surface. The bottom surface of base 1202 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stability cradle recession area.
[00211] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1205 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 202. The stability cradle recession area 1205 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly prox imal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1206 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1205 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1 205. Stability cradle 1206 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 102 to provide support for the foot.
[00212] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 206 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
[00213] Stability cradle 1 206 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1213 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1206 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 21 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 12 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1213 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 202 within the stability cradle recession area 1 205 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 12 1 and allows lateral heel pod 1 214 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1 2 1 3. Lateral heel pod 1 214 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1 200 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 1 2 14 also has a medial curvil inear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00214] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stabil ity cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe. [00215J Stability cradle 1206 defines a medial heel pod opening 1215 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1202 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1216 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 12 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 202 within the stability cradle recession area 1205 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1215 and allows medial heel pod 1 2 16 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 12 15. The medial heel pod 12 16 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00216] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 202 is covered with top sheet 1201 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1201 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00217] FIG. 13 i llustrates the bones of the foot superimposed over a bottom view of the insole of the present invention. At the heel of the foot is the calcaneus 1 70 and forward of the calcaneus 1370 is the talus 1372. Forward of the talus 1 372 on the medial side is the navicular 1 374 and on the lateral side is the cuboid 1 376. Forward of the cuboid 1376 and the navicular 1 374 arc cuneiforms 1378. Forward of the cuneiforms 1378 and cuboid 1 376 are the metatarsals 1380A- 1380E. The first metatarsal 1 3 0 A is located on the medial side of the foot and the fifth metatarsal 1380E is located on the lateral side of the foot. Forward of the metatarsals 1 380A- 1 380E are the proximal phalanges 1382. Forward of the proximal phalanges 1382 are the middle phalanges 1384, and at the end of each toe arc the distal phalanges 1386.
|00218| FIG. 14 shows the bottom view of the insole (similar to FIG. 5) and illustrates the various areas of the insole: distal medial arch area 1465, lateral midfoot area 1466, proximal medial arch area 1467, medial heel area 1468, lateral heel area 1469, forefoot area 1493 , toe area 1491 , metatarsal head area 1492, midfoot area 1494, and heel area 1495.
|00219| Forefoot area 1493 comprises toe area 149 1 and metatarsal head area 1492, encompassing the entire width of the insole from the toe end to behind the metatarsal heads or "balls" of the feet. Toe area 14 1 has a length extending from the toe end to a diagonal edge that runs generally behind the 1st distal phalange and 2nd and 3rd middle phalanges and 4th and 5th distal phalanges and forward of the metatarsal heads. Toe area 1491 has a width extending from the medial border to the lateral border. Metatarsal head area 1492, comprising first metatarsal head area 1403 and lesser metatarsal head area 1404, has a length extending from a front diagonal edge, adjacent the diagonal edge of toe area 1491 , to a back diagonal edge that generally runs behind the metatarsal heads. Metatarsal head area 1492 has a width extending from the medial border to the lateral border.
[00220] M idfoot area 1494 comprises distal medial arch area 1465 and lateral midfoot area 1466. M idfoot area 1494 has a front edge adjacent forefoot area 149 or metatarsal head area 1492 and a back edge that runs diagonally from between the talus and navicular on the medial side to just behind the cuboid on the lateral side. M idfoot area 1494 has a width extending from the medial border to the lateral border.
1002211 Distal medial arch area 1465 extends from a front edge just behind the first metatarsal head and adjacent the back diagonal edge of metatarsal head area 1492 to a back edge between the talus and navicular. The width of distal medial arch area 1465 extends from the medial border to near the middle of the foot. Lateral midfoot area 1466 extends from the back diagonal edge of metatarsal head area 1492 to a back edge j ust behind the cuboid. The width of lateral midfoot area extends from near the middle of the foot to the lateral border.
[00222] Heel area 1495 comprises proximal medial arch area 1467, medial heel area 1468, and lateral heel area 1469. Heel area 1495 has a front edge adjacent the back edge of midfoot area 1494 and extends proximally to the heel end. H eel area 1495 has a width extending from the medial border to the lateral border.
[00223] Proximal medial arch area 1467 extends from a front edge between the talus and navicular or adjacent the front edge of heel area 1495 to a back point along the medial border about midway between the heel end and the talus. The width of proximal medial arch area 1467 extends from the medial border to diagonal lateral edge where the diagonal lateral edge extends from about a th ird of the insole width lateral ly from the medial border along the front edge of the heel area 1495 to the back point of proximal medial arch area 1467. [00224] Lateral heel area 1469 extends from a front edge just behind the cuboid or adjacent the front edge of heel area 1495 to the heel end. The width of lateral heel area extends from a diagonal medial edge to the lateral border where diagonal medial edge extends from about a third of the insole width medial ly from the lateral border along the front edge of the heel area 1495 to a point just medial of the heel end.
[00225] Medial heel area 1468 extends from the front edge of the heel area 1495 to the medial border j ust medial of the heel end. The width of medial heel area 1468 extends from the lateral diagonal edge of proximal medial arch area 1467 to the medial diagonal edge of lateral heel area 1469.
[00226] Forefoot pad recession area 1467 preferably extends the entire length of the metatarsal head area 1492 on the medial half and from the front diagonal edge of metatarsal head area 1492 to 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on the lateral half. Forefoot pad 1468 is secured to the forefoot pad recession area 1467.
[00227] Stability cradle 1406 is located in the entire midfoot area 1494 and heel area 1495. A portion of stability cradle 1406 on the lateral half extends forward into metatarsal head area 1492 to just behind the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads.
[00228] In a preferred embodiment, ribs 1432 of base 1402 extend through rib openings 143 1 and arc located in the majority of the distal medial arch area 1465 and proximal medial arch area 1467. I n an alternate embodiment, the ribs or protrusions are defined by the stability cradle 1406 and extending outwardly from the stabi lity cradle 1406 and are located in the majority of the distal medial arch area 1465 and proximal medial arch area 1467.
[00229] Lateral mid foot pod opening is located approximately in the middle third of the lateral midfoot area 1466. Lateral midfoot pod opening extends essentially the entire length of lateral midfoot area 1466. Lateral midfoot pod 1412 is secured to lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00230] Medial heel pod opening is located in the majority of the medial heel area 1468. Medial heel pod 1416 is secured to medial heel pod opening. Lateral heel pod opening is located in the majority of the lateral heel area 1469. Lateral heel pod 1414 is secured to lateral heel pod opening. [00231] FIGS. 15A-15E illustrate the preferred embodiment or an insole for triathlon racing. FIG. 15A- 1 and 15A-2 shows the top and bottom perspective views. The current invention is an insole that incorporates, but is not limited to: (1 ) a faceted stabil ity cradle with a plural ity of stability ribs, (2) plurality of pods, (3) a forefoot pad (4) criss-cross groove patterns on the bottom surface of the pods and forefoot pads, and (5) a jadeite cooling top cloth. In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of clastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe. The present invention accomplishes the goals to: (1) improve ankle and foot stability, (2) cushion the heel and forefoot during push-offs and landings, (3) help prevent insole movement or sliding during shoe operation and change-overs, and (4) provide enhanced cush ioning features to the heel, midfoot, arch and forefoot during runn ing and cross-training exercises.
[00232] FIG. 15A- 1 is a top view of the insole 1500 illustrating the top sheet 1 501 and transverse arch support 1538. Insole 1500 comprises a top sheet 1 501 secured across the entire top surface of the base from toe area to heel area. Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1538 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1538 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 401 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1538.
[00233] Traverse arch support 1538 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1538 prov ides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00234] In a preferred embodiment, top sheet 1501 is a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi. A scries of air holes extend through top sheet 1501 and the base to permit air circulation above and below insole 1 500.
[00235] FIG. 15A-2 illustrates the bottom view of the insole. Insole 1 500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1501 and a base 1502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base 1502 also defines a longitudinal arch support 15 1 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00236] The bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area 1 507 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1 505 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 1502 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 1532 that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs 1532 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
[00237] Base 1502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 15 B-7 to 1 5B- 10, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
|00238| The forefoot pad recession area 1 507 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area 1507 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 1507 has a rear apex 1557 that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
[00239] Forefoot pad 1508 is shaped essential ly the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 507 and is secured therein. Forefoot pad 1508 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal ( back ) edge and a distal (front) edge. The medial edge of forefoot pad 1508 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole. The proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and prox imally to said rear apex 1 557, lateral ly and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads. The lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad. In use, forefoot pad recession area 1507 and forefoot pad 1508 underlie the big toe of a user's foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user's foot. Figure 13 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
[00240] An adhesive is used to secure the components. The forefoot pad 1508 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user's foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
[00241] It is estimated that using tougher materials increase the durabi lity of the insole by 35% to 65% over insoles that use softer materials for this portion of the foot insole.
[00242] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1502. The stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly prox imal of the forefoot recession area 1507 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1 506 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
[00243] Stability cradle 1 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 502 to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 1506 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 1 506 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading. Preferably, stabil ity cradle 1 506 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95. In a preferred embodiment, the stability cradle is semi-rigid. In an alternate embodiment, the stabil ity cradle is rigid.
[00244] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 506 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" w hen a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cav ity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00245] The stabi lity cradle 1506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 153 1. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shapcd openings 15 1 allow said ribs 1532 of base 1502 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 1 502 is molded so that the ribs 1 532 project into rib-shaped openings 1 53 1 so that the ribs 1532 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1506 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 506 and base 1 502 together. Advantageously, the ribs 1532 arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 153 1 when base 1502 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 1532 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 153 1 allow the stability cradle 1506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1 506.
[00246] In an alternate embodiment, stabil ity cradle 1506 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
|00247| In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe. [00248] Stability cradle 1506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod 15 12 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 15 12 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 .
[00249] Lateral midfoot pod 15 1 2 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45-50 ASK.ER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1502 in the lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 of said base 1 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1502.
[00250] Stability cradle 1506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1513 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 15 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 15 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 15 13 and allows lateral heel pod 1 5 1 4 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 15 13. Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1 500 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 15 14 also has a medial curvil inear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00251] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 1 5 14 prov ides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 5 1 5 to stabilize the ankle. The hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. I f TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1502 in the lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 1 of said base 1502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 502. [00252] Stability cradle 1506 defines a medial heel pod opening 15 15 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1 5 1 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 15 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1515 and allows medial heel pod 1 5 16 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 15 15. The medial heel pod 15 16 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00253] Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ±3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1 502 in the medial heel pod opening 15 15 of said base 1 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1502.
[00254] Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. To cushion the impact, lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 506. Preferably, lateral heel pod 15 14 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
[00255] Following the initial impact of the heel with the ground, the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in injury.
[00256] Stability cradle 1 506 prov ides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 out of a material hav ing different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1 5 1 4. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod 1 5 16 can be made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 15 14. A firmer r stiffcr material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod 15 16 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1 5 14 made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod 1516 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
Conversely, making medial heel pod 15 1 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 1 5 1 4 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
[00257] Preferably, the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 15 1 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 15 14 and on the type of intended activity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod 15 1 4 and medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
[00258] Carrying a heavy backpack or other articles significantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod 1 5 1 can be made significantly firmer in an i nsole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
[00259] Lateral midfoot pod 15 1 2 prov ides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step. Typical ly, lateral midfoot pod 1 5 1 2 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 5 14. However, a material having different characteristics can also be used.
[00260] The use of dual density heel pods is employed to cause a kinetic change in foot function to promote ankle stability. It is also not out of the scope of the invention to have the medial heel pod softer than the lateral heel pod and/or lateral midfoot pod or any combination thereof to address different joint moments or ankle rolls.
[00261] At the beginning of the propulsion or toe-off phase of a step, the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the bal l f the foot. Forefoot pad 1508 is located under this part of the foot. Preferably, forefoot pad 1508 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 1508 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
[00262] During toe off, the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate. increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 1508 extends rearward i nto a
corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stabil ity cradle 1 506. The shape of the stability cradle 1506 and forefoot pad 1508 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
[00263] Base 1502 is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties. Preferably, base 1502 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate ("EVA") foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and v inyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber
("TPR")/EVA mix. A preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a duromcter ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
[00264] Forefoot pad 1508 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR") or Polyurethane ("PU"). The hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ±3.
[00265] The forefoot pad 1 520, lateral midfoot pod 1521 , lateral heel pod 1 522, and medial heel pod 1 523 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a l ighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function. Preferably, the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1 520 is approximately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns 1 52 1 and 1522 arc approximately 1.00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1523 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep. Preferably the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials. The criss-cross groove patterns also assists with keeping the insole in place and not move or slide around within the shoe.
[00266] For a men's size 1 1 - 1 2 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 10 mm. The depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
[00267] It is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men's size 12/13. Other sizes wi ll be proportional. Using the open-cell designs will provide for a lighter insole.
[00268] In a first preferred embodiment of the present invention, the various components of an insole w hich arc secured to base 1502 in the recession areas defined by base 1 502 on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base 1 502 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive. The components arc secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
[00269] The recession areas also is lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
[00270] Some shoes may sl ightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe. Some shoes may also provide extra padding along the inner sides, front or back of the shoe that alter the actual space provided for the foot and/or an insole on the inner part of the shoe. Base 1502 may have sizing guides 1 550 that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides 1 550 provide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
1002711 FIG. 15 B- 1 to 1 5 B- 10 shows the top, bottom, medial side, lateral side, back, and five cross-section views of the insole.
[00272] FIG. 15 B- 1 illustrates a medial side view of the insole. Insole 1 500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1501 and a base 1502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base 1502 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1519 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00273] The bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1505 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 1 502 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 1532 that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs 1 532 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- 1 ike overall shape. [00274] Base 1502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. The height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00275] The forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals. A forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
[00276] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 502. The stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1506 is shaped essentially the same as stabi l ity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
[00277] Stability cradle 1506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 502 to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stabil ity cradle 1 506 ranges from approx imately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 1 506 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
|00278| Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stabi lity cradle 1 506 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activ ities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00279] The stabil ity cradle 1506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 153 1. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 1 5 1 allow said ribs 1 532 of base 1502 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 1 502 is molded so that the ribs 1 532 project into rib-shaped openings 1 53 1 so that the ribs 1 532 arc approx imately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1506 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 506 and base 1 502 together. Advantageously, the ribs 1532 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 153 1 when base 1502 is compressed (e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 1 532 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 153 1 allow the stability cradle 1506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest f the stabi lity cradle 1506.
[00280] In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle 1506 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outw ardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and prox imal ly from the cuneiforms creating a parabol ic-like overal l shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00281] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
[00282] Stabil ity cradle 1 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. A lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00283] Stability cradle 1506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stabi lity cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stabil ity cradle recession area 1 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
[00284] Stability cradle 1 506 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1 5 16 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod 1 5 1 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
[00285] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 502 is covered with top sheet 1501 , wh ich is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadcite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00286] Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1538 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1538 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 501 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1538.
[00287] Traverse arch support 1538 preferably l ies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1538 provides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
|00288| FIG. 15A-2 illustrates the bottom view of the insole. Insole 1 500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1501 and a base 1 502 havi ng a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base 1 502 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1 5 1 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00289] The bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area 1 507 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1 505 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 1502 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 1532 that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs 1532 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradual ly shorter distally and proximal ly from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
[00290] Base 1502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 15 B-7 to 1 5B- 10, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
1002911 The forefoot pad recession area 1 507 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area 1507 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 1507 has a rear apex 1557 that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
[00292] Forefoot pad 1508 is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 507 and is secured therein. Forefoot pad 1508 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal ( back ) edge and a distal (front) edge. The medial edge of forefoot pad 1508 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole. The proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and proximally to said rear apex 1557, laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads. The lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad. In use, forefoot pad recession area 1507 and forefoot pad 1508 underlie the big toe of a user's foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user's foot. Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole. [00293] An adhesive is used to secure the components. The forefoot pad 1508 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user's foot, especial ly the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
[00294] It is estimated that using tougher materials increase the durability of the insole by 35% to 65% over insoles that use softer materials for this portion of the foot insole.
[00295] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 is located in the m idfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1502. The stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1507 to a prox imal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1 506 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
[00296] Stability cradle 1 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 502 to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 1506 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 1 506 are preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading. Preferably, stabil ity cradle 1 506 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95. In a preferred embodiment, the stability cradle is sem i-rigid. I n an alternate embodiment, the stabil ity cradle is rigid.
[00297] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 506 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or v ice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or sw apping activ ities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity. [00298] The stability cradle 1506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 1531. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 1531 allow said ribs 1532 of base 1502 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 1502 is molded so that the ribs 1 532 project into rib-shaped openings 153 I so that the ribs 1532 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 506 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1506 and base 1502 together. Advantageously, the ribs 1532 arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 153 1 when base 1502 is compressed (e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 1532 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 153 1 allow the stability cradle 1506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1506.
[00299] In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle 1506 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs are longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00300] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
[00301] Stability cradle 1506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod 15 12 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 1512 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 .
[00302] Lateral midfoot pod 15 1 2 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45-50 ASKER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1 502 in the lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 of said base 1 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1502.
[00303] Stabil ity cradle 1506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1513 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 15 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1513 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stabil ity cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 and allows lateral heel pod 1 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 15 13. Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1500 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 1 5 14 also has a medial curvil inear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00304] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 15 14 provides cushioning and works in association w ith the medial heel pod 1 5 1 5 to stabilize the ankle. The hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, w hich work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ank le roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1502 in the lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 1 of said base 1502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 502.
[00305] Stability cradle 1 506 defines a medial heel pod opening 15 15 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end. M edial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 15 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 5 1 5 and allows medial heel pod 1 5 16 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 15 15. The medial heel pod 15 16 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex.
The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00306] Medial heel pod 1516 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ±3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1502 i n the medial heel pod opening 1 15 of said base 1502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1502.
[00307] Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided i nto three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. To cushion the impact, lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 506. Preferably, lateral heel pod 15 14 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
|00308| Following the initial impact of the heel with the ground, the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in injury.
|00309| Stability cradle 1 506 prov ides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 out of a material hav ing different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1 5 14. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod 15 16 can be made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 15 14. A firmer or stiffcr material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod 15 16 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1 5 14 made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
Conv ersely, making medial heel pod 15 16 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 15 14 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
|00310| Preferably, the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 15 16 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1 5 14 and on the type of intended activity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod 15 14 and medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activ ities.
[00311] Carrying a heavy backpack or other articles significantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod 1516 can be made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
[00312] Lateral midfoot pod 15 1 2 provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstancc portion of a step. Typically, lateral midfoot pod 1 5 1 2 is formed of a material hav ing the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 5 14. However, a material having different characteristics can also be used.
[00313] The use of dual density heel pods is employed to cause a kinetic change in foot function to promote ankle stability. It is also not out of the scope of the invention to have the medial heel pod softer than the lateral heel pod and/or lateral midfoot pod or any combination thereof to address different joint moments or ankle rolls.
[00314] At the beginning of the propulsion or toe-off phase of a step, the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the bal l of the foot. Forefoot pad 1508 is located under this part of the foot. Preferably, forefoot pad 1508 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 1508 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-of
[00315] During toe off, the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 1508 extends rearward into a
corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stabil ity cradle 1506. The shape of the stability cradle 1506 and forefoot pad 1508 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
[00316] Base 1502 is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties. Preferably, base 1502 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate ("EVA") foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR")/EVA mix. A preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer (hardness) of about Asker C 45-50.
[00317] Forefoot pad 1508 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR") or Polyurethanc ("PU"). The hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ±3.
[00318] The forefoot pad 1520, lateral midfoot pod 1521 , lateral heel pod 1522, and medial heel pod 1523 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a l ighter insole while still prov iding the desired cushioning function. Preferably, the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1 520 is approximately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns 1 521 and 1522 arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1 523 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep. Preferably the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials. The criss-cross groove patterns also assists with keeping the insole in place and not move or slide around w ithin the shoe.
[00319] For a men's size I 1 - 12 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 10 mm. The depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
[00320] It is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men 's size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the open-cell designs wi ll provide for a lighter insole.
[00321] In a first preferred embodiment of the present invention, the various components of an insole which are secured to base 1 502 in the recession areas defined by base 1502 on the bottom surface are permanently affixed to base 1 502 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive. The components arc secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
[00322] The recession areas also is lined with a cloth havin a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
|00323| Some shoes may sl ightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe. Some shoes may also provide extra padding along the inner sides, front or back of the shoe that alter the actual space provided for the foot and/or an insole on the inner part of the shoe. Base 1502 may have sizing guides 1550 that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides 1 550 prov ide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
|00324| FIG. 15B-3 illustrates a lateral side v iew of the insole. Insole 1 500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1501 and a base 1 502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1501 and an opposite bottom surface. Base 1 502 also defines a longitudinal arch support 15 1 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00325] The bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stabil ity cradle recession area 1505 along the midfoot and heel areas.
[00326] Base 1502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. The height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the i nsole.
|00327| The forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals. A forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein. [00328] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 502. The stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge appro imate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1507 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1506 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
[00329] Stability cradle 1 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 502 to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 1506 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 1 506 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
[00330] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 506 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or v ice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or sw appi ng activ ities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00331] Stability cradle 1 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. A lateral midfoot pod 15 12 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral mid foot pod 15 12 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00332] Stability cradle 1 506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod 1 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
[00333] Stability cradle 1506 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
[00334] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 502 is covered with top sheet 1501 , which is preferably a non-wov en fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00335] Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upward ly-extend ing portion or transverse arch support 1538 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1538 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 501 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1538.
[00336] Traverse arch support 1538 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1538 provides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00337] FIG. 15A- 1 is a top view of the insole i llustrating the top sheet 1 501 and transverse arch support 1538. Insole 1 500 comprises a top sheet 1501 secured across the entire top surface of the base from toe area to heel area. Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1538 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1538 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1501 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1538.
[00338] Traverse arch support 1538 preferably l ies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1538 prov ides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00339] In a preferred embodiment, top sheet 1501 is a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minim ize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi. A series of air holes extend through top sheet 1 501 and the base to permit air circulation above and below insole 1500.
[00340] FIG. 15 B-5 is a section view 1 5B-5 along the middle of the insole as identified in FIGS. 15 B-2. Insole 1500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1 501 and a base 1502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1501 and an opposite bottom surface. The bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area 1507 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1505 along the midfoot and heel areas.
[00341] Base 1502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 15 B-6 to 1 5B- 10, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00342] Preferably, the top surface of the base 1 502 defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1538 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1538 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 501 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1538. Traverse arch support 1538 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1538 provides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00343] The forefoot pad recession area 1 507 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area 1507 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 1507 has a rear apex that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
[00344] Forefoot pad 1508 is shaped essential ly the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 507 and is secured therein. Forefoot pad 1508 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The medial edge of forefoot pad 1508 extends along a line spaced lateral ly from said medial border of said insole. The proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and proximally to said rear apex 1557, laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads. The lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad. In use, forefoot pad recession area 1507 and forefoot pad 1508 underlie the big toe of a user's foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial ball of the user's foot. Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
[00345] An adhesive is be used to secure the components. The forefoot pad 1508 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user's foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
[00346] It is estimated that using tougher materials increases the durabi lity of the insole by 35% to 65% over insoles that use softer materials for this portion of the foot insole.
[00347] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1502. The stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1507 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stabil ity cradle 1 506 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
[00348] Stabil ity cradle 1 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1502 to provide support for the foot. [00349] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1506 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00350] Stability cradle 1 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00351] Stability cradle 1 506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod open ing 1 5 1 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 15 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod open ing 15 1 3 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 3. Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1 500 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 1 5 14 also has a medial curvil inear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00352] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 1 5 14 provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 1 5 15 to stabilize the ankle. [00353] Stability cradle 1506 defines a medial heel pod opening 15 15 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1 5 1 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 15 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1515 and allows medial heel pod 1 5 16 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 15 15. The medial heel pod 15 1 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal ape and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00354] Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. To cushion the impact, lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus (heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 506. Preferably, lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is made of a material having suitable cushioning properties and arc selected based on an intended type of activity.
[00355J Following the initial impact of the heel with the ground, the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as wel l as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in inj ury.
[00356] Stabil ity cradle 1 506 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod 15 14. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1 5 14. A firmer r stiffcr material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 15 14 made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod 15 16 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
Conversely, making medial heel pod 15 16 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 15 14 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation. [00357] Preferably, the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 1516 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 15 14 and on the type of intended activity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod 1514 and medial heel pod 1516 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
[00358] Carrying a heavy backpack or other articles significantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod 1 51 is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
[00359] Lateral midfoot pod 15 12 prov ides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step. Typically, lateral midfoot pod is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1514. However, a material having different characteristics may also be used.
[00360] The use of dual density heel pods is employed to cause a kinetic change in foot function to promote ankle stability. It is also not out of the scope of the invention to hav e the medial heel pod softer than the lateral heel pod and/or lateral midfoot pod or any combination thereof to address different joint moments or ankle rolls.
[00361] At the beginning of the propulsion or toe-off phase of a step, the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the ball of the foot. Forefoot pad 1508 is located under this part of the foot. Preferably, forefoot pad 1508 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 1508 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
[00362] During toe off, the first metatarsal naturally flexes downward. Prev enting this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 1508 extends rearward into a
corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stability cradle 1506. The shape of the stability cradle 1506 and forefoot pad 1508 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
[00363] The forefoot pad 120, lateral midfoot pod 12 1 , lateral heel pod 122, and medial heel pod 123 are constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a l ighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function. Preferably, the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1520 is approximately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1523 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
[00364] For a men's size 1 1 - 1 2 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 10 mm. The depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
[00365] It is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men's size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a lighter insole.
[00366] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 502 is covered with top sheet 1501 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1 501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00367] In a first preferred embodiment of the present invention, the v arious components of an insole which arc secured to base 1 502 in the recession areas defined by base 1502 on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base 1 502 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive. The components also be secured during the molding process using techniques know n in the art of molding insoles.
[00368] The recession areas are also be lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
[00369] FIG. 15B-6 illustrates a rear view of the insole. Insole 1500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1501 and a base 1502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base 1 502 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1519 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00370] The bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1505 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 1 502 also define one or more ribs or protrusions 1532 that extend outw ardly along the arch area. The ribs 1 5 2 are preferably longer around the cunei forms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- like overall shape. An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by the stability cradle 1506 and extending outwardly from the stability cradle 1506 in the arch area.
[00371] Base 1502 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. The height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00372] The forefoot pad recession area begins partially prox imal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals. A forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
[00373] The stabi l ity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 502. The stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1506 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 05 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
[00374] Stability cradle 1 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1502 to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 1506 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 1 506 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
[00375J Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 506 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00376] The stabi lity cradle 1 506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 1 5 1 . In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 153 1 allow said ribs 1532 of base 1502 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 1 502 is molded so that the ribs 1 532 project into rib-shaped openings 1 53 1 so that the ribs 1 532 arc approx imately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 506 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 506 and base 1 502 together. Advantageously, the ribs 1532 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 153 1 when base 1502 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking r running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 1532 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 153 1 allow the stability cradle 1506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stabi lity cradle 1506.
[00377] In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle 1506 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outw ardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00378] Stability cradle 1506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid. A lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stability cradle recession area 1 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00379] Stability cradle 1506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod 1 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
[00380] Stability cradle 1 506 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is shaped essential ly the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
[00381] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 502 is covered with top sheet 1501 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1 501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 1 507 has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
[00382] FIG. 15 B-7 il lustrates a cross section 1 5B-7 as identified in F IGS. 1 5B-2. Insole 1500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1 501 and a base 1502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1501 and an opposite bottom surface. The bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stabil ity cradle recession area.
[00383] The stabi l ity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 502. The stabil ity cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1526 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505. Stability cradle 1506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1502 to provide support for the foot.
[00384] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 506 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
[00385] Stability cradle 1 506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1513 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 15 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod open ing 1513 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1513 and allows lateral heel pod 1 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1513. Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1 500 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 1 5 14 also has a medial curvil inear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00386] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral mid foot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
[00387] Stability cradle 1506 defines a medial heel pod opening 15 15 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1 5 1 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 15 1 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1515 and allows medial heel pod 1 5 16 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 15 15. The medial heel pod 15 16 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00388] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 502 is covered with top sheet 1501 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to m ini mize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1 501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00389] FIG. 15 B-9 and 15B-8 illustrates a cross section 1 5 B-9 and 15B-8, respectively, as identified in FIGS. 1 5 B-2. Insole 1 500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1 501 and a base 1502 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1 501 and an opposite bottom surface. The bottom surface of base 1 502 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stability cradle recession area.
[00390] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 is located in the m idfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 502. The stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1516 is shaped essentially the same as stabi l ity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1 505. Stability cradle 1506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1502 to provide support for the foot.
[00391] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 506 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
[00392] The stabi lity cradle 1 506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 153 1. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 1531 allow said ribs 1532 of base 1502 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 1 502 is molded so that the ribs 1 532 project into rib-shaped openings 1 53 1 so that the ribs 1532 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 506 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 506 and base 1 502 together. Advantageously, the ribs 1 532 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped open ings 153 1 when base 1502 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 1532 extend outwardly approx imately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a width of approx imately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 153 1 allow the stability cradle 1 506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1506.
[00393] In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle 1506 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outw ardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00394] Stabil ity cradle 1 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod 15 12 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 151 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1502 within the stability cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 1512 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 .
[00395] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 502 is covered with top sheet 1501 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1 501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00396] FIG. 15 B- I 0 illustrates a cross section 1 5 B- 10 as identified in FIGS. 1 5 B-2. Insole 1500 preferably comprises a top sheet 1501 and a base 1502 hav ing a top surface secured to said top sheet 1501 and an opposite bottom surface. The bottom surface of base 1502 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stability cradle recession area.
[00397] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1505 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 502. The stability cradle recession area 1 505 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1506 is shaped essential ly the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 505 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1505.
[00398] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1506 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the abil ity of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures sign ificantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use. [00399] In a preferred embodiment, base 1502 is covered with top sheet 1501 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1 501 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00400] Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upward ly-cxtcnd ing portion or transverse arch support 1538 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1538 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 501 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1538.
[00401] Traverse arch support 1538 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1538 prov ides additional stability to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00402] FIG. 15C- 1 to 15C-8 shows a medial side, bottom, lateral side, back, and four cross- section views of the stabi lity cradle.
[00403] FIGS. 15C- 1 to 15C-8 medial side, bottom, lateral side, back and four cross section views of a stability cradle 1506. A stability cradle recession area is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of a base. The stabil ity cradle recession area extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of a forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1506 is shaped essentially the same as the stability cradle recession area and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area.
[00404] Stability cradle 1 506 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of the base to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 1506 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 1 506 are preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading. Preferably, stabil ity cradle 1 506 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95. In a preferred embodiment, the stability cradle is semi-rigid. I n an alternate embodiment, the stability cradle is rigid.
[00405] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stabi lity cradle 1506 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the i nsole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activ ities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's mov ement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00406] The stabi lity cradle 1506 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 153 1. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 1531 allow ribs on the base to extend therethrough. Advantageously, the ribs arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 15 1 w hen base is compressed ( e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. The rib-shaped openings 1 53 1 allow the stability cradle 1506 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1 506.
[00407] Stability cradle 1 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cush ioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. The lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 is designed to allow a lateral midfoot pod to extend there through.
[00408] Stability cradle 1 506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 3 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1 506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 5 1 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod opening 15 13 has a lateral edge w hich extends along the lateral border of insole from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 . The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod opening 1 5 13 also has a medial curv i linear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines. Lateral heel pod opening 1513 is designed to allow a lateral heel pod to extend there through.
[00409] Medial heel pod opening 1 5 1 5 extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1502 just short of the heel end. The medial heel pod opening 15 15 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges w iden out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod opening. Medial heel pod opening 15 15 is designed to allow a medial heel pod to extend there through.
[00410] Stability cradle 1 506 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
[00411] FIG. 15 D- 1 to 1 5D-5 shows a medial side, bottom, lateral side, prospective and a cross-section of the insole pads 1 5 1 2, 15 14 and 1 5 16.
[00412] Figure 1 5D- 1 to 15 D-5 show a medial side, bottom, lateral side, prospective and one cross-section view of the insole pads 1 5 1 2, 15 14 and 15 16. Stability cradle 1506 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 3 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1506 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 15 1 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 3 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 5 1 3 and al lows lateral heel pod 1 5 14 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 15 13. Lateral heel pod 1 5 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1500 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 15 14 also has a medial curvilinear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curv ed edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00413] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 15 14 provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 1 5 15 to stabilize the ankle. The hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 102 in the lateral heel pod opening 1513 of said base 1502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1502.
[00414] Stability cradle 1506 defines a medial heel pod opening 15 15 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 502 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 15 15 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 502 within the stability cradle recession area 1505 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 5 1 5 and allows medial heel pod 1 5 1 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 15 15. The medial heel pod 15 1 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which are connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00415] Medial heel pod 1 5 1 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ±3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1 502 in the medial heel pod opening 15 15 of said base 1 502. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 502.
[00416] Foot contact with the ground is generally divided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. To cushion the impact, lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 506. Preferably, lateral heel pod 1 5 14 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
[00417] Following the initial impact of the heel with the ground, the foot twists, or pronatcs, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at w ich the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walk ing or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation can result in inj ury.
[00418] Stability cradle 1 506 prov ides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod 15 14. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1514. A firmer or stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 15 14 made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod 15 16 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
Conversely, making medial heel pod 15 16 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 15 14 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
[00419] Preferably, the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 15 1 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1 5 14 and on the type of intended activity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod 15 14 and medial heel pod 1 5 1 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
[00420] Carrying a heavy backpack or other articles significantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod 1 5 1 6 is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
[00421] Lateral midfoot pod 15 1 2 prov ides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step. Typically, lateral midfoot pod 1 5 1 2 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 5 14. However, a material having different characteristics may also be used.
[00422] FIG. 15 E- 1 to 15E-4 shows a medial side, bottom, cross section prospective v iew of the forefoot pad.
[00423] Figures 15 E- 1 to 15 E-4 show a medial side, bottom, cross-sectio and prospective view of the forefoot pad 1508. Forefoot pad 108 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR") or Polyurcthanc ("PU"). The hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 0 Asker C ±3. The forefoot pad 1 520, lateral midfoot pod 152 1 , lateral heel pod 1 522, and medial heel pod 1 523 are constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties of each pod and pad. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function. Preferably, the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1520 is
approximately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel criss-cross groove patterns 1 52 1 and 1522 are approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1523 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep. Preferably the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials. The crisscross groove patterns assists with securing the insole in the shoe cavity and keeping the insole in place such that it will not move or slide around. The criss-cross groove pattern also allows for air circulation and/or provides different cushioning and spring properties.
[00424] For a men's size 1 1 - 1 2 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 10 mm. The depth is about
0.95 to 1.50 mm.
[00425] It is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men's size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a l ighter insole.
[00426] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 502 is covered with top sheet 1501 from toe to heel areas of the insole, which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1 501 is made of a cool ing fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeitc. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00427] Insole preferably comprises a top sheet and a base having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base also defines a longitudinal arch support that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00428] Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support pushes up a portion of the top sheet that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support.
[00429] The bottom surface of base defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base also defines one or more ribs or protrusions that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by the stability cradle and extending outwardly from the stabil ity cradle in the arch area.
[00430] Base has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. The height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00431] The forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
[00432] Forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein. Forefoot pad has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal ( back ) edge and a distal (front) edge. The medial edge of forefoot pad extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole. The proximal edge extends from said medial edge laterally and proximally to said rear apex , laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads. The lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad. In use, forefoot pad recession area and forefoot pad underlie the big toe of a user's foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial ball of the user's foot.
[00433] An adhesive is be used to secure the components. The forefoot pad prov ides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user's foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
[00434] The stabi l ity cradle recession area is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base. The stability cradle recession area extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approx imate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle is shaped essentially the same as stability cradle recession area and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stabi lity cradle recession area.
[00435] Stability cradle has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stabil ity cradle ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stabi lity cradle arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
Preferably, stability cradle is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95. In a preferred embodiment, the stability cradle is semi-rigid. In an alternate embodiment, the stabi lity cradle is rigid.
[00436] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed i to or out of the shoe. Swapping and "change-over" of shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlo events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted desig increases the internal functio quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cav ity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00437] The stabi lity cradle preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings al low said ribs of base to extend therethrough. Preferably, base is molded so that the ribs project into rib-shaped openings so that the ribs arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle and mechanically lock stability cradle and base together. Advantageously, the ribs arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings when base is compressed ( e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib-shaped openings allow the stability cradle to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stabil ity cradle.
[00438] In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00439] Stability cradle 1 506 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base w ithin the stability cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral m idfoot pod opening.
[00440] Lateral midfoot pod is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45- 50 ASKER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base in the lateral midfoot pod opening of said base. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base.
[00441] Stability cradle also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stabi lity cradle from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base within the stability- cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening. Lateral heel pod has a lateral edge w hich extends along the lateral border of insole from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to fol low the outl ine of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod also has a medial curvil inear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00442] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod to stabil ize the ankle. The hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which w ork in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base in the lateral heel pod opening of said base. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base.
[00443] Stability cradle defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 102 within the stability cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod to extend out through said medial heel pod opening. The medial heel pod has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which are connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00444] Medial heel pod is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ±3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base in the medial heel pod opening of said base. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base.
[004451 Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. To cushion the impact, lateral heel pod is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle. Preferably, lateral heel pod is made of a material having suitable cush ioning properties and arc selected based on an intended type of activity.
[00446] Following the initial impact of the heel w ith the ground, the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation can result in injury.
[00447] Stability cradle provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod. A firmer or stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation. Conversely, making medial heel pod from a softer material than lateral heel pod would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
[00448] Preferably, the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod and on the type of intended activity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod and medial heel pod differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activ ities.
[00449] Carrying a heav y backpack or other articles significantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
[00450] Lateral mid foot pod provides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstancc portion of a step. Typically, lateral midfoot pod is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod. However, a material having different characteristics may also be used.
[00451] The use of dual density heel pods is employed to cause a kinetic change in foot function to promote ankle stability. It is also not out of the scope of the invention to have the medial heel pod softer than the lateral heel pod and/or lateral midfoot pod or any combination thereof to address different joint moments or ankle rolls.
[00452] At the beginning of the propulsion or toe-off phase of a step, the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the ball of the foot. Forefoot pad is located under this part of the foot. Preferably, forefoot pad is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
[00453] During toe off, the first metatarsal naturally flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad extends rearward into a corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stability cradle. The shape of the stability cradle and forefoot pad permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
[00454] Base is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties. Preferably, base comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate ("EVA") foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR")/EVA mix. A preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
[00455] Forefoot pad is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR") or
Polyurethanc ("PU"). The hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ±3.
[00456J The forefoot pad, lateral midfoot pod, lateral heel pod, and medial heel pod arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces a friction fit and air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties of each pod and pad. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole whi le still providing the desired cushioni ng function. Preferably, the forefoot crisscross groove pattern is approximately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel criss-cross groove patterns and arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
Preferably the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials. The criss-cross groove patterns assists with securing the insole in the shoe cav ity and keeping the insole in place such that it will not move or slide around The criss-cross groove pattern also allows for air circulation and/or provides different cushioning and spring properties. [00457] For a men's size 1 1 - 1 2 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 10 mm. The depth is about
0.95 to 1.50 mm.
[00458] It is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men's size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a lighter insole.
[00459] In a preferred embodiment, base is cov ered with top sheet from toe to heel areas of the insole, which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeitc. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00460] In a first preferred embodiment of the present invention, the various components of an insole which arc secured to base in the recession areas defined by base on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base using an appropriate means such as an adhesive. The components are also secured during the molding process using techniques know n in the art of molding insoles.
[00461] The recession areas can also be lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
[00462] Some shoes may slightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe or provide extra padding along the inner walls that alter the space provided on the inner part of the shoe. Base may have sizing guides that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides provide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors. [00463] The dimensions and measurements shown in FIGS. 15A- 15E arc dimensions and measurements of a preferred embodiment which arc incorporated herein.
[00464] FIGS. 16A-16D illustrate the preferred embodiment or an insole for triathlon training. F IG. 1 6 A - 1 to 16A- 10 shows the top, bottom, medial side, lateral side, back, and five cross-section views of the insole. The current invention is an insole that incorporates, but is not limited to: (1) a faceted stability cradle with a plurality of stabi lity ribs, (2) plurality of pods, (3) a forefoot pad (4) criss-cross groove patterns on the bottom surface of the pods and forefoot pads, and (5) a jadcitc cooling top cloth. In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that prov ides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be ad justed to address issues of over under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe. The present invention accomplishes the goals to: (1) improve ankle and foot stabil ity, (2) cushion the heel and forefoot during push-otTs and landings, (3) help prevent insole movement or sliding during shoe operation and change-overs, and (4) provide enhanced cushioning features to the heel, midfoot, arch and forefoot during running and cross-training exercises.
[00465] FIG. 16A- 1 is a top view of the insole 1600 ill ustrating the top sheet 1 01 and transverse arch support 1638. Insole 1600 comprises a top sheet 1 601 secured across the entire top surface of the base from toe area to heel area. Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upw ardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 401 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1638.
[00466] Traverse arch support 1638 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1638 provides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot. 100467] In a preferred embodiment, top sheet 1601 is a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 401 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadcitc. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi. A series of air holes extend through top sheet 1601 and the base to permit air circulation above and below insole 1600.
[00468] FIG. 16A-2 illustrates the bottom view of the insole. Insole 1 600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base 1602 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1619 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00469] The bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area 1 607 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1605 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 1602 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 1632 that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs 1632 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-li ke overall shape.
[00470] Base 1602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 16B-7 to 1 6B- 10, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and th icker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00471] The forefoot pad recession area 1607 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area 1 607 extends rearw ard to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 1607 has a rear apex 1657 that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
[00472] Forefoot pad 1608 is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 607 and is secured therein. Forefoot pad 1608 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The medial edge of forefoot pad 1608 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole. The proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and proximally to said rear apex 1657, laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the rd through 5th metatarsal heads. The lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad. In use, forefoot pad recession area 1607 and forefoot pad 1608 underlie the big toe of a user's foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user's foot. Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
[00473] An adhesiv e is used to secure the components. The forefoot pad 1608 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user's foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
[00474] It is estimated that using tougher materials increase the durability of the insole by 35% to 65% over insoles that use softer materials for this portion of the foot insole.
[00475] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 602. The stability cradle recession area 1605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1607 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1 606 is shaped essential ly the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
[00476] Stability cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 602 to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stabi lity cradle 1606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 1 606 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading. Preferably, stabil ity cradle 1 606 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95. In a preferred embodiment, the stability cradle is semi-rigid. I n an alternate embodiment, the stability cradle is rigid. [00477] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1606 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, r vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00478] The stabi lity cradle 1606 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 163 1. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 1 1 allow said ribs 1632 of base 1602 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 1 602 is molded so that the ribs 1 632 project into rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 so that the ribs 1 632 arc approx imately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 606 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 606 and base 1 602 together. Advantageously, the ribs 1632 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 163 1 when base 1602 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking r running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 1 632 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 163 1 allow the stability cradle 1606 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stabi lity cradle 1606.
[00479] In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle 1 606 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and prox imal ly from the cuneiforms creating a parabol ic-like overal l shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00480] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a di fferent firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
[00481] Stability cradle 1606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod 1612 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1 605 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 1612 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 16 1 1 .
[00482] Lateral midfoot pod 161 2 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45-50 ASKER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1602 in the lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1 of said base 1 602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1602.
[00483] Stability cradle 1 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1613 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1 606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 16 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 161 3 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1613. Lateral heel pod 1 614 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1600 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outl ine of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 1 614 also has a medial curvil inear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00484] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 1614 prov ides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 1 61 6 to stabilize the ankle. The hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1602 in the lateral heel pod opening 1 1 1 of said base 1602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 602.
[00485] Stability cradle 1 606 defines a medial heel pod opening 1615 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1602 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1 61 6 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 1615 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 61 5 and allows medial heel pod 1 616 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 16 15. The medial heel pod 1616 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which are connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00486] Medial heel pod 1 61 6 is preferably made from TPR r PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ±3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1 602 in the medial heel pod opening 1615 of said base 1 602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1602.
[00487] Foot contact with the ground is generally divided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. To cushion the impact, lateral heel pod 1 614 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus (heel bone) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 606. Preferably, lateral heel pod 1 614 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activ ity.
[00488] Following the initial impact of the heel with the ground, the foot twists, or pronatcs, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at w ich the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walk ing or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in injury.
[00489] Stability cradle 1 606 prov ides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod 1 61 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 61 6 out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1 614. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod 1616 can be made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1614. A firmer or stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod 1616 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1 614 made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod 1 61 6 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
Conversely, making medial heel pod 1616 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 1614 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
[00490] Preferably, the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 16 16 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and on the type of intended activity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and medial heel pod 1 61 6 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
[00491] Carrying a heavy backpack or other articles significantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod 1 61 6 can be made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
[00492] Lateral midfoot pod 161 2 prov ides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step. Typically, lateral midfoot pod 1 61 2 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 614. However, a material having different characteristics can also be used.
[00493] The use of dual density heel pods is employed to cause a kinetic change in foot function to promote ankle stability. It is also not out of the scope of the invention to have the medial heel pod softer than the lateral heel pod and/or lateral midfoot pod or any combination thereof to address different joint moments or ankle rolls.
[00494] At the beginning of the propulsion or toe-off phase of a step, the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the bal l of the foot. Forefoot pad 1608 is located under this part of the foot. Preferably, forefoot pad 1608 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 1608 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
[00495] During toe off, the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 1608 extends rearward into a corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stabi lity cradle 1 606. The shape of the stability cradle 1606 and forefoot pad 1608 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
[00496] Base 1602 is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties. Preferably, base 1 602 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate ("EVA") foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber
("TPR")/EVA mix. A preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
[00497] Forefoot pad 1608 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR") or Polyurethanc ("PU"). The hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ±3.
[00498] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
[00499] The forefoot pad 1620, lateral midfoot pod 1621 , lateral heel pod 1 622, and medial heel pod 1 623 are constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a l ighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function. Preferably, the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1 620 is approximately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns 1 62 1 and 1622 arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1 623 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep. Preferably the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials. The criss-cross groove patterns also assists with keeping the insole in place and not move or slide around within the shoe.
[00500] For a men's size 1 1- 12 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 10 mm. The depth is about 0.95 to 1.50 mm.
[00501] It is desirable to m inimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces f r a men's size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the open-cell designs will provide f r a lighter insole.
[00502] In a first preferred embodiment of the present invention, the various components of an insole which are secured to base 1 602 in the recession areas defined by base 1602 on the bottom surface are permanently affixed to base 1 602 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive. The components are secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
[00503] The recession areas also is lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
[00504] Some shoes may slightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe. Some shoes may also provide extra padding along the inner sides, front r back of the shoe that alter the actual space provided for the foot and/or an insole on the inner part of the shoe. Base 1602 may have sizing guides 1 650 that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides 1 650 prov ide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
[00505] FIG. 16B- I to 16B-8 shows a bottom, medial side, lateral side, back, and four cross- section views of the stabi lity cradle.
[00506] FIG. 16B- 1 illustrates a medial side view of the insole. Insole 1600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base 1602 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1619 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00507] The bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1605 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 1602 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 1632 that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs 1632 are preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- like overall shape.
[00508] Base 1602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partial ly along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. The height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00509] The forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals. A forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
[00510] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1602. The stability cradle recession area 1605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stabil ity cradle 1606 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
[00511] Stabil ity cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 602 to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 1606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 1606 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
[00512] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stabi lity cradle 1 06 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activ ities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cav ity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00513] The stabi lity cradle 1 606 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 . In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 163 1 allow said ribs 1632 of base 1602 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 1 602 is molded so that the ribs 1 632 project into rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 so that the ribs 1632 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stabi lity cradle 1 606 and mechanical ly lock stability cradle 1 606 and base 1 602 together. Advantageously, the ribs 1632 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 163 1 when base 1602 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 1632 extend outwardly approx imately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a w idth of approx imately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 163 1 allow the stability cradle 1606 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1606.
[00514] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cush ioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of clastomeric pods to form an insole that prov ides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
[00515] In an alternate embodiment, stabil ity cradle 1606 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outw ardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00516] Stability cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. A lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and al lows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
|00517| Stability cradle 1606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
|00518| Stability cradle 1606 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1602 just short of the heel end. edial heel pod 161 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1 05 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod 1 61 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
[00519] In a preferred embodiment, base 1602 is covered with top sheet 1 01 , w hich is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1 01 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00520] Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upw ardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 601 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1638.
[00521] Traverse arch support 1638 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1638 provides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00522] FIG. 16A-2 illustrates the bottom view of the insole. Insole 1 600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 hav ing a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base 1602 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1619 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00523] The bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area 1607 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1605 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 1602 also defines one or more ribs or protrusions 1 632 that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs 1632 arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distal ly and prox imally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape.
[00524] Base 1602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which con forms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 16B-7 to 1 6B- 10, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00525] The forefoot pad recession area 1 607 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area 1607 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 1607 has a rear apex 1657 that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals. [00526] Forefoot pad 1608 is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 607 and is secured therein. Forefoot pad 1608 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The medial edge of forefoot pad 1608 extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole. The proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and proximally to said rear apex 1657, laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads. The lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad. In use, forefoot pad recession area 1607 and forefoot pad 1608 underlie the big toe of a user's foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user's foot. Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
[00527] An adhesive is used to secure the components. The forefoot pad 1608 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user's foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
|00528| It is estimated that using tougher materials increase the durability of the insole by 35% to 65% over insoles that use softer materials for this portion of the foot insole.
[00529] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 602. The stability cradle recession area 1 605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1607 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1 606 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
[00530] Stability cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 602 to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 1606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 1 606 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading. Preferably, stabil ity cradle 1 606 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95. In a preferred embodiment, the stability cradle is semi-rigid. I n an alternate embodiment, the stability cradle is rigid.
|005311 Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stabi lity cradle 1606 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activ ities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's mov ement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00S32] The stabi lity cradle 1606 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 163 1. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 1 3 1 allow said ribs 1632 of base 1602 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 1 602 is molded so that the ribs 1 632 project into rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 so that the ribs 1632 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1606 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 606 and base 1 602 together. Advantageously, the ribs 1 632 are also able to bulge through rib-shaped open ings 163 1 when base 1602 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 1632 extend outw ardly approx imately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a w idth of approx imately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 163 1 allow the stability cradle 1 606 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1606.
[00533] In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle 1606 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outw ardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00534] Stabil ity cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod 1612 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 161 2 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 16 1 1 .
[00535] Lateral midfoot pod 161 2 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45-50 ASKER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1602 in the lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1 of said base 1 602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1602.
[00536J Stability cradle 1 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1613 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 16 14 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1613 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 w ithin the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1613. Lateral heel pod 1 614 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1600 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral mid foot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outl ine of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 1 614 also has a medial curvil inear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00537] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 1614 prov ides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 5 1 6 to stabil ize the ankle. The hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1602 in the lateral heel pod opening 1 61 1 of said base 1602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 602.
[00538] Stability cradle 1 606 defines a medial heel pod opening 1615 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 602 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1 61 6 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 1615 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 61 5 and allows medial heel pod 1616 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 1615. The medial heel pod 1 1 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which are connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00539] Medial heel pod 1 61 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ±3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 1602 in the medial heel pod opening 161 of said base 1602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1602.
[00540] Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. T cushion the impact, lateral heel pod 1 61 4 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus (heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 606. Preferably, lateral heel pod 1614 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
[00541] Following the initial impact of the heel with the ground, the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results in injury.
[00542] Stability cradle 1 606 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod 1 61 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 61 6 out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1 614. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod 1616 can be made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1614. A firmer or stiffer material does not compress as muc or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod 16 16 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1 614 made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod 1 61 6 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
Conversely, making medial heel pod 1616 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 1614 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation. [00543] Preferably, the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 1616 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and on the type of intended activity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and medial heel pod 1 61 6 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
[00544] Carrying a heavy backpack or other articles significantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod 1 61 6 can be made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
[00545] Lateral midfoot pod 161 2 prov ides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step. Typically, lateral midfoot pod 1 612 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 614. However, a material having different characteristics can also be used.
[00546] The use of dual density heel pods is employed to cause a kinetic change in foot function to promote ankle stabi lity. It is also not out of the scope of the invention to have the medial heel pod softer than the lateral heel pod and/or lateral midfoot pod or any combination thereof to address different joint moments or ankle rolls.
[00547] At the beginning of the propulsion or toe-off phase of a step, the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the bal l of the foot. Forefoot pad 1608 is located under this part of the foot. Preferably, forefoot pad 1608 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 1608 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
[00548] During toe off, the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 1608 extends rearw ard into a
corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stability cradle 1 606. The shape of the stability cradle 1606 and forefoot pad 1608 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
[00549] Base 1602 is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties. Preferably, base 1602 comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate ("EVA") foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber
("TPR")/EVA mix. A preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
[00550] Forefoot pad 1608 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR") or Polyurethane ("PU"). The hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ±3.
[00551] The forefoot pad 1620, lateral midfoot pod 1621 . lateral heel pod 1 622, and medial heel pod 1 623 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a l ighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function. Preferably, the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1 620 is approximately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns 1 621 and 1622 are approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1 623 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep. Preferably the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials. The criss-cross groove patterns also assists with keeping the insole in place and not move or slide around within the shoe.
[00552] For a men's size 1 1 - 1 2 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the media l to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 10 mm. The depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
[00553] It is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men's size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the open-cell designs wi ll provide for a lighter insole.
[00554] In a first preferred embodiment of the present invention, the various components of an insole which arc secured to base 1 602 in the recession areas defined by base 1602 on the bottom surface are permanently affixed to base 1 602 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive. The components arc secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
100555) The recession areas also is lined with a cloth havin a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
[00556] Some shoes may sl ightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe. Some shoes may also provide extra padding along the inner sides, front or back of the shoe that alter the actual space provided for the foot and/or an insole on the inner part of the shoe. Base 1602 may have sizing guides 1650 that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides 1650 prov ide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
[00557] FIG. 16B-3 illustrates a lateral side v iew of the insole. Insole 1 00 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1601 and an opposite bottom surface. Base 1 602 also defines a longitudinal arch support 161 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00558] The bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stabil ity cradle recession area 1605 along the midfoot and heel areas.
[00559] Base 1602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. The height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00560] The forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals. A forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein. [00561] The stability cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1602. The stability cradle recession area 1605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1607 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1606 is shaped essentially the same as stability cradle recession area 1605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
[00562] Stability cradle 1606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1602 to provide support f r the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 1606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 1606 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because f the higher loading.
[00563] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1606 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or v ice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-ov er or swapping activ ities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00564] Stability cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. A lateral midfoot pod 1612 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod 1612 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00565] Stability cradle 1606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 1 614 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod 1 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
[00566] Stability cradle 1 606 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1602 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 w ithin the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
[00567] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 602 is covered with top sheet 1601 , which is preferably a non-wov en fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1 601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
|00568| Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upward ly-extend ing portion or transverse arch support 1638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 601 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1638.
[00569] Traverse arch support 1638 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1638 provides additional stabil ity and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00570] FIG. 16B-4 is a top view of the insole illustrating the top sheet 1 601 and transverse arch support 1638. Insole 1 600 comprises a top sheet 1601 secured across the entire top surface of the base from toe area to heel area. Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1601 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1638.
[00571] Traverse arch support 1638 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1638 provides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00572] In a preferred embodiment, top sheet 1601 is a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi. A series of air holes extend through top sheet 1601 and the base to permit air circulation above and below insole 1600.
[00573] FIG. 16B-5 is a section view line 16B-5 along the middle of the insole as identified in FIGS. 16B-2. Insole 1600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1601 and an opposite bottom surface. The bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area 1607 in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1605 along the midfoot and heel areas.
[00574] Base 1602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. As best seen in FIGS. 16B-6 to 16B- 10, the height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00575] Preferably, the top surface of the base 1602 defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1601 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1638. Traverse arch support 1638 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1638 provides additional stability and cushioning to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00576] The forefoot pad recession area 1607 begins partially proximal form the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area 1607 extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 1607 has a rear apex that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals.
[00577] Forefoot pad 1608 is shaped essential ly the same as forefoot pad recession area 1 07 and is secured therein. Forefoot pad 1608 has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal (back) edge and a distal (front) edge. The medial edge of forefoot pad 1608 extends along a line spaced lateral ly from said medial border of said insole. The proximal edge extends from said medial edge lateral ly and proximally to said rear apex 1657, laterally and distally towards the 3rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads. The lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad. In use, forefoot pad recession area 1607 and forefoot pad 1608 underlie the big toe of a user's foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial bal l of the user's foot. Figure 1 1 shows the placement of foot bones on the insole.
|00578| An adhesive is be used to secure the components. The forefoot pad 1608 provides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical jump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user's foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
|00579| It is estimated that using tougher materials increases the durabi lity of the insole by 35% to 65% over insoles that use softer materials for this portion of the foot insole.
[00580] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1602. The stability cradle recession area 1 605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area 1607 to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stabil ity cradle 1 606 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
[00581] Stabil ity cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1602 to provide support for the foot. [00582] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1606 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or vice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00583] Stability cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stability cradle recession area 1 05 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00584] Stability cradle 1 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1613 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod open ing 1 61 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 1614 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod open ing 161 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod open ing 1 61 3. Lateral heel pod 1 614 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1600 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 1 614 also has a medial curvil inear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00585] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 1614 provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 1 615 to stabilize the ankle. [00586] Stability cradle 1606 defines a medial heel pod opening 1615 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1602 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1 61 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 161 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1615 and allows medial heel pod 1616 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 1615. The medial heel pod 1616 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00587] Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. To cushion the impact, lateral heel pod 1 614 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 606. Preferably, lateral heel pod 1 614 is made of a material having suitable cushioning properties and arc selected based on an intended type of activity.
[00588] Following the initial impact of the heel with the ground, the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as wel l as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation results i n inj ury.
[00589] Stabil ity cradle 1 606 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod 1 61 6 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 61 6 out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1614. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod 1 61 6 is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1614. A firmer or stiffcr material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod 1 61 6 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1614 made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod 1616 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
Conversely, making medial heel pod 1616 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 1614 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation. [00S90] Preferably, the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 1616 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and on the type of intended activity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and medial heel pod 1 61 6 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
|005911 Carrying a heavy backpack or other articles significantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod 1 61 6 is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpack ing. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
[00992] Lateral midfoot pod 161 2 prov ides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step. Typical ly, lateral midfoot pod is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1 614. However, a material having different characteristics may also be used.
[00S93] The use of dual density heel pods is employed to cause a kinetic change in foot function to promote ankle stabi lity. It is also not out of the scope of the invention to have the medial heel pod softer than the lateral heel pod and/or lateral midfoot pod or any combination thereof to address different joint moments or ankle rolls.
[00S94] At the beginning of the propulsion or toe-off phase of a step, the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the ball of the foot. Forefoot pad 1608 is located under this part of the foot. Preferably, forefoot pad 1608 is formed of a relatively resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad 1608 is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
[00S95] During toe off, the first metatarsal natural ly flexes downward. Preventing this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad 1608 extends rearw ard into a
corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stabil ity cradle 1 606. The shape of the stability cradle 1606 and forefoot pad 1608 permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
[00S96] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushion ing core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of clastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there are three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
[00997] The forefoot pad 1620, lateral midfoot pod 1621 , lateral heel pod 1 622, and medial heel pod 1623 are constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function. Preferably, the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1 620 is approximately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel crisscross groove patterns arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1623 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep.
[00998] For a men's size 1 1 - 1 2 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 10 mm. The depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
[00999] It is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men's size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a l ighter insole.
[00600] In a preferred embodiment, base 1602 is covered with top sheet 1 601 , w hich is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1 601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadcitc. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi. [00601] In a first preferred embodiment of the present invention, the various components of an insole which arc secured to base 1602 in the recession areas defined by base 1602 on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base 1602 using an appropriate means such as an adhesive. The components also be secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles.
[00602] The recession areas are also be lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
[00603] FIG. 16B-6 illustrates a rear view of the insole. Insole 1600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1 602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base 1 602 also defines a longitudinal arch support 1619 that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00604] The bottom surface of base 1 602 defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area 1605 along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base 1 602 also define one or more ribs or protrusions 1632 that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs 1 632 are preferably longer around the cunei forms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic- like overall shape. An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by the stability cradle 1606 and extending outwardly from the stability cradle 1606 in the arch area.
[00605] Base 1602 has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. The height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00606] The forefoot pad recession area begins partially prox imal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the proximal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1 st and 2nd metatarsals. A forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein.
[00607] The stabi l ity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1602. The stabil ity cradle recession area 1605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1 606 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
[00608] Stability cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1 602 to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 1606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 1 606 arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
[00609] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1606 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear with other footwear, or v ice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stabil ity cradles) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00610] The stabi lity cradle 1 606 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 1 6 1 . In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 163 1 allow said ribs 1632 of base 1602 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 1 602 is molded so that the ribs 1 632 project into rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 so that the ribs 1632 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 606 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 606 and base 1 602 together. Advantageously, the ribs 1632 arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 1631 when base 1602 is compressed (e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 1632 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 16 1 allow the stability cradle 1606 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stability cradle 1606.
[00611] In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle 1606 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs are longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00612] Stability cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. A lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stability cradle recession area 1 605 in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and al lows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00613] Stability cradle 1 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 1 614 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allows lateral heel pod 1 61 4 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening.
[00614] Stability cradle 1 606 defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 602 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1 61 6 is shaped essential ly the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod 1 61 6 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening.
[00615] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 602 is covered with top sheet 1601 , wh ich is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area 1 607 has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
[00616] FIG. 16B-7 il lustrates a cross section 1 6B-7 as identified in FIGS. 1 6B-2. I nsole 1600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1601 and an opposite bottom surface. The bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stabil ity cradle recession area.
[00617] The stabi l ity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 602. The stability cradle recession area 1 605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability- cradle 1 626 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1 605. Stability cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1602 to provide support for the foot.
[00618] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 606 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
[00619] Stability cradle 1 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1613 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod open ing 1 61 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 1614 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1613 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1613. Lateral heel pod 1 14 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1600 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 1 614 also has a medial curvil inear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00620] Stabil ity cradle 1 606 defines a medial heel pod opening 1615 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1602 just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod 1 61 6 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 1615 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 61 5 and allow s medial heel pod 1 616 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 161 5. The medial heel pod 1616 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which are connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00621] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 602 is covered with top sheet 1601 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1 6 1 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade i the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combinatio with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00622] FIG. 16B-9 and 16B-8 illustrates a cross sectio 1 6B-9 and 16B-8, respectively, as identified in FIGS. 16B-2. Insole 1 600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1 601 and a base 1602 hav ing a top surface secured to said top sheet 1601 and an opposite bottom surface. The bottom surface of base 1 602 defines a forefoot pad recessio area and a stability cradle recession area.
[00623] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 602. The stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1616 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605. Stability cradle 1606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base 1602 to provide support for the foot.
[00624] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1606 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon ev ents and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
[00625] The stabi lity cradle 1 606 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 163 1. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 16 1 allow said ribs 1632 of base 1602 to extend therethrough. Preferably, base 1 602 is molded so that the ribs 1 632 project into rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 so that the ribs 1632 arc approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle 1 606 and mechanically lock stability cradle 1 606 and base 1 602 together. Adv antageously, the ribs 1632 arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 163 1 when base 1602 is compressed ( e.g., whi le walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs 1632 extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1 .5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib- shaped openings 163 1 allow the stability cradle 1 606 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest f the stabi lity cradle 1606.
[00626] In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle 1606 defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outw ardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outw ard approximately 0.50 mm.
[00627] Stability cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod 1612 is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 and allows lateral midfoot pod 1612 to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening 1 1 1 .
[00628] In a preferred embodiment, base 1602 is covered with top sheet 1 601 , which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1 601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadcitc. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00629] FIG. 16B- 10 illustrates a cross section 16B- 10 as identified in F IGS. 1 6B-2. Insole 1600 preferably comprises a top sheet 1601 and a base 1602 having a top surface secured to said top sheet 1601 and an opposite bottom surface. The bottom surface of base 1602 defines a forefoot pad recession area and a stability cradle recession area.
[00630] The stabi lity cradle recession area 1605 is located in the m idfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base 1 602. The stability cradle recession area 1 605 extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1 606 is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area 1 605 and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area 1605.
[00631] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 606 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use.
[00632] In a preferred embodiment, base 1 602 is covered with top sheet 1601 , wh ich is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00633] Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upwardly-extending portion or transverse arch support 1638 that lies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upward extension of transverse arch support 1638 pushes up a portion of the top sheet 1 601 that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support 1638.
[00634] Traverse arch support 1638 preferably lies under the second to fourth metatarsal heads. Traverse arch support 1638 prov ides additional stability to the forefoot and middle of the foot.
[00635] FIGS. 16C- 1 to 16C-8 medial side, bottom, lateral side, back and four cross section views of a stability cradle 1 606. A stability cradle recession area is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of a base. The stabi lity cradle recession area extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of a forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle 1 606 is shaped essentially the same as the stability cradle recession area and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stability cradle recession area.
[00636] Stability cradle 1 606 has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of the base to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle 1606 ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stability cradle 1606 are preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading. Preferably, stabi lity cradle 1606 is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95. In a preferred embodiment, the stability cradle is sem i-rigid. I n an alternate embodiment, the stabil ity cradle is rigid.
[00637] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle 1 606 has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping shoes and running gear to other footwear, or v ice versa, is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improves the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or swapping activities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity.
[00638] The stabi lity cradle 1606 preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings 163 1. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings 1631 allow ribs on the base to extend therethrough. Advantageously, the ribs arc also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings 1 1 when base is compressed ( e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. The rib-shaped openings 1 63 1 allow the stability cradle 1 606 to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stabi lity cradle 1 606.
[00639] Stability cradle 1 606 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 that extends from the behind the 3rd though th metatarsal heads proximal ly to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 is preferably sufficient to provide cushion ing to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. The lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 is designed to allow a lateral midfoot pod to extend there through.
[00640] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomeric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods are separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
|006411 Stability cradle 1 606 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 1 61 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod opening 1613 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod opening 1 1 also has a medial curvi linear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines. Lateral heel pod opening 1 13 is designed to allow a lateral heel pod to extend there through.
[00642] Medial heel pod opening 1615 extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1602 just short of the heel end. The medial heel pod opening 1 1 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod opening. Medial heel pod opening 1615 is designed to allow a medial heel pod to extend there through.
[00643] Stability cradle 1606 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation.
[00644] FIG. 16C- 1 to 1 C-5 shows a bottom and side views of the lateral midfoot pod, medial heel pod, and lateral heel pod, and a section view of the medial heel pod and lateral heel pod.
[00645] Figure 1 6D- 1 to 16D-5 show a medial side, bottom, lateral side, prospective and one cross-section view of the insole pads 1 61 2, 1614 and 16 16. Stability cradle 1 06 also defines a lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stability cradle 1606 from approximately rearward of the lateral midfoot pod opening 161 1 toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod 1614 is shaped essentially the same as lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3 and allows lateral heel pod 1 614 to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening 1 61 3. Lateral heel pod 1 614 has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole 1600 from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outline of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod 1614 also has a medial curvilinear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curv ed edges as described rather than straight lines. [00646] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod 1614 provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod 1615 to stabilize the ankle. The hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 102 in the lateral heel pod opening 161 3 of said base 1602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1 602.
[00647] Stability cradle 1 606 defines a medial heel pod opening 1615 that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base 1 602 just short of the heel end. edial heel pod 1 61 6 is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening 161 5 and is secured to the bottom surface of base 1 602 within the stability cradle recession area 1605 in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening 1 61 5 and allows medial heel pod 1616 to extend out through said medial heel pod opening 1615. The medial heel pod 1616 has essentially a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod.
[00648] Medial heel pod 1616 is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ±3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base 102 in the medial heel pod opening 1615 of said base 1 602. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base 1602.
[00649] Foot contact with the ground is generally div ided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. To cushion the impact, lateral heel pod 1 614 is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle 1 606. Preferably, lateral heel pod 1614 is made of a material hav ing suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
[00650] Following the initial impact of the heel with the ground, the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation can result in inj ury. [00651] Stability cradle 1606 provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod 1 1 helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod 1 1 out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod 1614. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod 1616 is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod 1614. A firmer or stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod 1616 made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod 1614 made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod 1616 tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation.
Conversely, making medial heel pod 1616 from a softer material than lateral heel pod 1614 would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
[00652] Preferably, the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod 1616 is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and on the type of intended activity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod 1614 and medial heel pod 1616 differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activities.
[00653] Carrying a heavy backpack or other articles significantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod 1616 is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
[00654] Lateral midfoot pod 1612 prov ides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the midstance portion of a step. Typically, lateral midfoot pod 1612 is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod 1614. However, a material having different characteristics may also be used.
[00655] FIG. 16D- 1 to 16D-4 shows a bottom, side, cross section and prospective view of the forefoot pad.
[00656] Figures I 6E- 1 to 16E-4 show a medial side, bottom, cross-section and prospective view of the forefoot pad 1608. Forefoot pad 108 is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR") r Polyurethane ("PU"). The hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ±3. The forefoot pad 1620, lateral midfoot pod 1621 , lateral heel pod 1622, and medial heel pod 1623 arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positively influence the impact absorption properties of each pod and pad. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole while still providing the desired cushioning function. Preferably, the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern 1620 is
approximately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel criss-cross groove patterns 1 21 and 1622 arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern 1623 is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep. Preferably the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials. The crisscross groove patterns assists with securing the insole in the shoe cavity and keeping the insole in place such that it will not move or slide around. The criss-cross groove pattern also allows for air circulation and/or provides different cushioning and spring properties.
[00657] For a men's size 1 1 - 1 2 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 10 mm. The depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
[00658] It is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men's size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a lighter insole.
[00659] In a preferred embodiment, base 1602 is covered with top sheet 1601 from toe to heel areas of the insole, which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet 1601 is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00660] Insole preferably comprises a top sheet and a base having a top surface secured to said top sheet and an opposite bottom surface. Base also defines a longitudinal arch support that extends upwardly along the medial side of the insole to provide extra cushion and support to the arch area of the foot.
[00661] Preferably, the top surface of the base defines an upw ardly-extending portion or transverse arch support that l ies under the metatarsal head area of the foot. The upw ard extension of transverse arch support pushes up a portion of the top sheet that corresponds to the area of the transverse arch support.
[00662] The bottom surface of base defines a forefoot pad recession area in the forefoot area and a stability cradle recession area along the midfoot and heel areas. The bottom surface of base also defines one or more ribs or protrusions that extend outwardly along the arch area. The ribs arc preferably longer around the cuneiforms and gradually shorter distally and proximal ly from the cuneiforms creating a parabol ic-like overal l shape. An alternate embodiment has the ribs or protrusions defined by the stability cradle and extending outwardly from the stability cradle in the arch area.
[00663] Base has a raised edge that wraps around the heel and extends partially along the sides of the foot such that the insole has a heel cup, which conforms to the natural shape of the foot. The height of the raised edge is generally higher and thicker on the medial side of the insole and is lower and thinner on the lateral side of the insole.
[00664] The forefoot pad recession area begins partially proximal from the toe end of the insole near the distal ends of the prox imal phalanges of the foot. The forefoot pad recession area extends rearward to about the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads on a lateral portion and approximately halfway along the 1st and 2nd metatarsals on a medial portion. Preferably the forefoot pad recession area has a rear apex that lies between the 1st and 2nd metatarsals.
[00665] Forefoot pad is shaped essentially the same as forefoot pad recession area and is secured therein. Forefoot pad has a medial edge, a lateral edge, a proximal ( back ) edge and a distal (front) edge. The medial edge of forefoot pad extends along a line spaced laterally from said medial border of said insole. The proximal edge extends from said medial edge laterally and proximally to said rear apex , laterally and distally towards the rd metatarsal head, then laterally and proximally to the lateral edge approximately along the 3rd through 5th metatarsal heads. The lateral edge connects said proximal edge to said top edge of said forefoot pad. In use, forefoot pad recession area and forefoot pad underlie the big toe of a user's foot, and the "ball" of the foot, excluding the first metatarsal head or medial ball of the user's foot.
[00666] An adhesive is be used to secure the components. The forefoot pad prov ides cushioning and energy return on landing from a vertical j ump. It serves as a propulsion pad and support for the metatarsal heads of a user's foot, especially the 1 st and 2nd metatarsal heads.
[00667] The stabi lity cradle recession area is located in the midfoot and heel areas of the bottom surface of base. The stability cradle recession area extends from a medial edge approximate the medial border to a lateral edge approximate the lateral border of the base and from a distal edge slightly proximal of the forefoot recession area to a proximal edge approximate the heel end of the base. A medial portion of the distal edge is shaped to accommodate downward motion of the 1st metatarsal during toe off. Stability cradle is shaped essentially the same as stabi lity cradle recession area and has a base facing surface and a shoe facing surface. The base facing surface is secured to said stabil ity cradle recession area.
|00668| Stability cradle has walls that wrap up the sides and rear of base to provide support for the foot. Preferably, stability cradle ranges from approximately 0.5 mm to 3 mm thick and the walls taper from approximately 3 mm to about 0.5 mm. The sides of stabi lity cradle arc preferably higher on the medial side of the foot because of the higher loading.
Preferably, stability cradle is made of a nylon material with a hardness of approximately Shore A 95. In a preferred embodiment, the stability cradle is semi-rigid. In an alternate embodiment, the stabi lity cradle is rigid.
[00669] Preferably, the shoe facing surface of stability cradle has a "faceted" surface texture. This textured faceted surface increases the ability of the insole to "stay in place" when a user's foot is being placed into or out of the shoe. Swapping and "change-over" of shoes and running gear to other footwear, or vice versa is a very common practice during triathlon events and practice sessions. As such, these faceted textures significantly improve the use and performance of these insoles for this particular use by allowing the insole to resist movement out of the shoe during these change-over or sw apping activ ities. The faceted design increases the internal function quotient of the insole significantly (by as much as 50% compared to non-faceted or smooth stability cradles ) when located in the shoe cavity, thereby preventing the insole's movement or exit from the shoe cavity. [00670] The stabi lity cradle preferably defines one or more rib-shaped openings. In a preferred embodiment, the rib-shaped openings allow said ribs of base to extend therethrough. Preferably, base is molded so that the ribs project into rib-shaped openings so that the ribs are approximately flush with the outer surface of stability cradle and mechanically lock stability cradle and base together. Advantageously, the ribs are also able to bulge through rib-shaped openings when base is compressed ( e.g., while walking or running) to provide additional cushioning and support to the arch of the foot. Preferably said ribs extend outwardly approximately 0.50 mm to 1.5 mm and have a width of approximately 4 mm. The rib-shaped openings allow the stability cradle to be more flexible in the arch area compared to the rest of the stabi lity cradle.
|006711 In an alternate embodiment, stability cradle defines one or more protruding ribs instead of openings. The protruding ribs extend outwardly along the arch area. The protruding ribs arc longer around the cunei forms and gradually shorter distally and proximally from the cuneiforms creating a parabolic-like overall shape. The protruding ribs extend outward approximately 0.50 mm.
[00672] Stability cradle 106 defines a lateral midfoot pod opening that extends from the behind the 3rd though 5th metatarsal heads proximally to the back of the cuboid. The length of the lateral m idfoot pod opening is preferably su fficient to provide cushioning to the lateral aspect of the midfoot. Lateral midfoot pod is shaped essentially the same as lateral midfoot pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base within the stability cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral midfoot pod opening and allows lateral midfoot pod to extend out through said lateral midfoot pod opening.
[00673] Lateral midfoot pod is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 45- 50 ASKER C. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base in the lateral midfoot pod opening of said base. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base.
[00674] Stability cradle also defines a lateral heel pod opening that extends through the lateral side of the heel area of stabi lity cradle from approximately rearw ard of the lateral midfoot pod opening toward the heel end. Lateral heel pod is shaped essential ly the same as lateral heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base within the stability- cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the lateral heel pod opening and allow s lateral heel pod to extend out through said lateral heel pod opening. Lateral heel pod has a lateral edge which extends along the lateral border of insole from said heel end to a lateral heel edge spaced apart from said lateral midfoot pod. The lateral edge curves in the area of the heel to follow the outl ine of the insole heel end. The lateral heel pod also has a medial curvilinear edge. The overall configuration is roughly a multi-sided geometric shape with curved edges as described rather than straight lines.
[00675] The configuration, material and position of the lateral heel pod provides cushioning and works in association with the medial heel pod to stabilize the ank le. The hardness of the lateral heel pod is preferably essentially the same as the lateral midfoot pod, which work in concert to help reduce the incidence of lateral ankle roll-overs. It is preferably made of TPR or PU of a hardness of about Shore C 45-50. I f TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base in the lateral heel pod opening of said base. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base.
[00676] In accordance with principles of the present invention, a cushioning core or base is combined with a relatively stiff stability cradle and a number of elastomcric pods to form an insole that provides cushioning, stability, and control. Each pod can have a different firmness, and there arc three pods that include a lateral midfoot pod, a medial heel pod, and a lateral heel pod. The pods can be adjusted to address issues of over/under pronation, over/under supination, and other problems related to foot motion by altering the size, shape, and material properties of the pods. The pods arc separate in the heel pad area, and the midfoot and heel pads have grooved patterns on their bottom surface for better cushioning and traction grip in the shoe.
|00677| Stabil ity cradle defines a medial heel pod opening that extends through the heel area along the medial side of heel area on the bottom surface of base just short of the heel end. Medial heel pod is shaped essentially the same as medial heel pod opening and is secured to the bottom surface of base 102 within the stabi lity cradle recession area in a location that correlates to the medial heel pod opening and allows medial heel pod to extend out through said medial heel pod opening. The medial heel pod has essential ly a pea-pod shape; it has a medial edge and a lateral edge which arc connected to one another at a first distal apex and a second proximal apex. The edges widen out opposite one another to define said medial heel pod. [00678] Medial heel pod is preferably made from TPR or PU of a hardness of about 60 ASKER C ±3. If TPR is used, a fabric is in turn secured to the base in the medial heel pod opening of said base. The fabric component allows the TPR to properly adhere to the base.
[00679] Foot contact with the ground is generally divided into three phases: heel strike, midfoot support, and toe off. During heel strike, the heel of the foot impacts the ground with significant force. To cushion the impact, lateral heel pod is positioned along the rear and lateral side of the calcaneus ( heel bone ) and extends outwardly below stability cradle. Preferably, lateral heel pod is made of a material having suitable cushioning properties and are selected based on an intended type of activity.
[00680] Following the initial impact of the heel with the ground, the foot twists, or pronates, bringing the medial side of the heel into contact with the ground. The foot is sensitive to the amount of pronation as well as the rate at which the pronation occurs. Pronation is natural, and some degree of pronation is desirable because it serves to absorb the stresses and forces on the foot during walking or running. However, an excessive amount or rate of pronation can result in injury.
|006811 Stability cradle provides firm support along the medial portion of the foot to help control the amount of pronation. Medial heel pod helps to control the rate of pronation by forming medial heel pod out of a material having different characteristics than lateral heel pod. For example, to reduce a pronation rate, medial heel pod is made from a firmer material than lateral heel pod. A firmer or stiffer material does not compress as much or as fast as a softer material under the same load. Thus, a medial heel pod made from a firmer material would compress less than a lateral heel pod made of a softer material. As a result, medial heel pod tends to resist or counteract pronation and thereby help to reduce the degree and rate of pronation. Conversely, making medial heel pod from a softer material than lateral heel pod would tend to increase the amount and rate of pronation.
[00682] Preferably, the firmness of the material used in medial heel pod is selected based on the firmness of lateral heel pod and on the type of intended activity. For example, the firmness of lateral heel pod and medial heel pod differs by about 20-30 % for an insole to be used during light to moderate activ ities.
[00683] Carryi ng a heavy backpack or other articles sign ificantly increases the load on the foot and the rate of pronation during and following heel strike. Accordingly, medial heel pod is made significantly firmer in an insole designed for use while backpacking. As an example, a difference in firmness of about 20-40% is more appropriate for such activities.
[00684] Lateral midfoot pod prov ides cushioning and control to the lateral side of the foot during the m idstance portion of a step. Typically, lateral mid foot pod is formed of a material having the same properties, e.g., firmness, as lateral heel pod. However, a material having different characteristics may also be used.
[00685] The use of dual density heel pods is employed to cause a kinetic change in foot function to promote ankle stability. It is also not out of the scope of the invention to have the medial heel pod softer than the lateral heel pod and/or lateral midfoot pod or any combination thereof to address different joint moments or ankle rolls.
[00686] At the beginning of the propulsion or toe-off phase of a step, the heel begins to lift from the ground and weight shifts to the ball of the foot. Forefoot pad is located under this part of the foot. Preferably, forefoot pad is formed of a relativ ely resilient material so that energy put into compressing forefoot pad is returned to help propel the foot at toe-off.
[00687] During toe off, the first metatarsal naturally flexes downward. Prev enting this natural downward flex of the first metatarsal causes the the arch of the foot to flatten and the foot to over pronate, increasing stress on the ankles and knees. To accommodate the downward flex, the medial portion of forefoot pad extends rearward into a corresponding concave edge portion of the distal edge of stabi lity cradle. The shape of the stability cradle and forefoot pad permit the first metatarsal to flex more naturally and thereby encourage loading of the great toe during toe off.
[00688] Base is preferably made of foam or other material having suitable cushioning properties. Preferably, base comprises an Ethylene vinyl acetate ("EVA") foam, which is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate, or a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR")/EVA mix. A preferred EVA or TPR/EVA mix has a durometer ( hardness ) of about Asker C 45-50.
[00689] Forefoot pad is preferably made from a Thermoplastic Rubber ("TPR") or
Polyurethanc ("PU"). The hardness of the TPR or PU used in the forefoot pad is preferably about 30 Asker C ±3.
[00690] The forefoot pad , lateral midfoot pod , lateral heel pod , and medial heel pod arc constructed with a criss-cross groove pattern on the bottom surface of the pod or pad. The criss-cross groove pattern introduces air gaps into the pod/pad surfaces. Such air gaps and criss-cross groove patterns positiv ely influence the impact absorption properties of each pod and pad. It also allows for use of less material and therefore a lighter insole while still prov iding the desired cushioning function. Preferably, the forefoot criss-cross groove pattern is approximately 0.75 mm deep. Preferably the lateral midfoot and heel criss-cross groove patterns and arc approximately 1 .00 to 3.00 mm deep. Preferably, the medial heel criss-cross groove pattern is approximately 1 .00 to 2.50 mm deep. Preferably the TPR pods have the deeper criss-cross groove pattern and the PU pods have the shallower criss-cross groove pattern due to the compression characteristics of the materials. The criss-cross groove patterns assists with securing the insole in the shoe cavity and keeping the insole in place such that it will not move or slide around The criss-cross groove pattern also allows for air circulation and/or provides different cushioning and spring properties.
[00691] For a men's size 1 1- 12 insole, the width of the forefoot pad from the medial to lateral side is about 85 to 95 mm. The height is about 100 to 1 10 mm. The depth is about 0.95 to 1 .50 mm.
[00692] It is desirable to minimize the total weight of the insoles by selection of materials working with the structural features of the insole. It is desirable that the total weight of the preferred embodiment of the insole ( men's size 10/1 1) be about 4.0 ounces. It is desirable that the total weight of an alternate embodiment of the insole be about 5.0 to 6.0 ounces for a men's size 10/1 1 and about 6.5 to 7.5 ounces for a men's size 12/13. Other sizes will be proportional. Using the criss-cross groove pattern designs will help provide a lighter insole.
[00693] In a preferred embodiment, base is covered with top sheet from toe to heel areas of the insole, which is preferably a non-woven fabric layer with a low coefficient of friction so as to minimize the possibility of blisters. Preferably, top sheet is made of a cooling fabric which contains a special low temperature jade obtained from a natural source. The form of jade in the fabric is a jadeite. In a preferred embodiment, the fabric is treated with an antibacterial agent, which in combination with a moisture barrier reduces odor causing bacteria and fungi.
[00694] In a first preferred embodiment of the present invention, the various components of an insole which arc secured to base in the recession areas defined by base on the bottom surface arc permanently affixed to base using an appropriate means such as an adhesive. The components arc also secured during the molding process using techniques known in the art of molding insoles. [00695] The recession areas can also be lined with a cloth having a base surface and a pad/pod surface, secured to said base along said base surface and said pad/pod along said pad/pod surface. Alternatively, a cloth is secured to pad/pod and then the composite structure secured to the recession area.
[00696] Some shoes may slightly differ in size on the inner part of the shoe or provide extra padding along the inner walls that alter the space prov ided on the inner part of the shoe. Base may have sizing guides that allow a user to shorten the length of the insole for proper fit within the shoe, sizing guides provide various cutting guide lines that the user would cut along, preferably with scissors.
[00697] The dimensions and measurements shown in FIGS. 16A-16D are dimensions and measurements of a second preferred embodiment which are incorporated herein.
[00698] While preferred embodiments of the invention have been shown and described, modifications thereof can be made by one skilled in the art without departing from the spirit and teachings of the inv ention. The embodiments described herein are exemplary only, and are not intended to be limiting. Many variations and modifications of the invention disclosed herein arc possible and arc within the scope of the invention.
[00699] Having described the invention, we claim:

Claims

CLAIMS:
1 . An insole for use in a shoe having a top side for contacting a user's foot and a bottom side for contacting the inside of a user's shoe, comprising:
a. a base, said base hav ing a base top surface and a base bottom surface, said base having a heel end, a toe end, a medial border and a lateral border, said medial and lateral borders extending from said heel end to said toe end along the medial and lateral sides of the insole, respectively, said base bottom side defining:
(i) a forefoot area extending from the toe end to a location behind a metatarsal head area of the feet,
(ii) a midfoot area that extends from said metatarsal head area to an edge that lies forward of the calcaneus of the foot,
(iii) a heel area that extends from said midfoot area to said heel end,
(iv) a forefoot pad recession area located in said forefoot area, and extending under the hallux of the foot from near the distal end of the base proximally to the front of the first metatarsal head, and
(v) a stability cradle recession area located essentially along the
midfoot and heel areas of the foot,
b. an arch support located in said midfoot area, said arch support extends transverse upwardly along the medial border and under the arch of the foot; c. a stabi lity cradle made of semi-rigid material and secured to said stabil ity cradle recession area of said base bottom side, said stability cradle having a plurality of pod openings that allow pod components to extend therethrough and said stability cradle having a faceted bottom surface;
d. a forefoot pad secured to said forefoot pad recession area, said forefoot pad extending laterally and proximally under the lesser metatarsal heads of the foot to beneath the greater metatarsals; and
e. a lateral heel pod extending through a lateral heel pod opening in said stabil ity cradle and being located on the lateral side of said heel area, said lateral heel pod having a criss-cross groove pattern on its bottom surface, and
f. a medial heel pod being located on the medial side of the heel area and extending through a medial heel pod opening, said medial heel pod being separated from said lateral heel pod component by a groove gap and said medical heel pod hav ing a criss-cross groove pattern on its bottom surface.
2. The insole of claim 1 wherein the pod disposed under the medial side of the heel is made of a firmer material than the material of the lateral heel pod.
3. The insole of claim 2, wherein the firmness of the lateral heel pod is in the range of Shore C 45-50 and the firmness of the medial heel pod is approximately Shore C 60.
4. The insole of claim 2, wherein the firmness of the lateral heel pod is in the range of Shore C 50-55 and the firmness of the medial heel pod is in the range of about Shore C 65- 70.
5. The insole of claim 2, wherein the firmness of the pods is selected to control a rate of pronation.
6. The insole of claim 2, wherein the firmness of the pods is selected based on a type of activity for which the insole is designed.
7. The insole of claim 1 , wherein the stability cradle is shaped to enable flexing of the first metatarsal during toe off.
8. The insole of claim 1 further comprising:
a lateral midfoot pod located in the midfoot area along the lateral side of the insole and extending through a lateral midfoot pod opening, said lateral midfoot pod having a criss-cross groove pattern on its bottom surface.
9. The insole of claim 8, wherein the firmness of the pods is selected to control the rate of pronation.
10. The insole of claim 8, wherein the firmness of the pods is selected based on the type of activity for which the insole is designed.
1 1 . An insole for use in a shoe having a top side for contacting a user's foot and a bottom side for contacting the inside of a user's shoe, comprising:
a. a base, said base having a base top surface and a base bottom surface, said base having a heel end, a toe end, a medial border and a lateral border, said medial and lateral borders extending from said heel end to said toe end along the medial and lateral sides of the insole, respectively,
b. an arch support extending transverse upwardly along the medial border and under the arch of the foot;
c. a stability cradle made of semi-rigid material with stability ribs, said stability cradle having pod openings that allow pod components to extend therethrough and said stability cradle having a faceted bottom surface;
d. a lateral heel pod extending through a lateral heel pod opening in said stability cradle on the lateral side of said heel area, said lateral heel pod components having a criss-cross groove pattern on its bottom surface,
e. a medial heel pod extending through a medial heel pod opening on the medial side of the heel area, said medial heel pod separated from said lateral heel pod component by a gap and said medial heel pod having a criss-cross groove pattern on its bottom surface, and
f. a lateral midfoot pod being located in the midfoot area along the lateral side of the insole and extending through a lateral midfoot pod opening, said lateral midfoot pod having a criss-cross groove pattern on its bottom surface.
12. The insole of claim 1 1 wherein the pod disposed under the medial side of the heel is made of a firmer material than the material of the lateral heel pod.
13. The insole of claim 12, wherein the firmness of the lateral heel pod is in the range of Shore C 45-50 and the firmness of the medial heel pod is approximately Shore C 60.
14. The insole of claim 12, wherein the firmness of the lateral heel pod is in the range of Shore C 50-55 and the firmness of the medial heel pod is in the range of about Shore C 65- 70.
15. The insole of claim 12, wherein the firmness of the pods is selected to control the rate of pronation.
16. The insole of claim 12, wherein the firmness of the pods is selected based on the type f activity for which the insole is designed.
17. The insole of claim 11 , wherein the stability cradle is shaped to enable flexing of the 1st metatarsal during toe off.
18. The insole of claim 1 1 wherein the lateral midfoot pod is made of softer material than material used in medial heel pod.
19. The insole of claim 18, wherein the firmness of the lateral midfoot pod is in the range of Shore C 45-50 and the firmness of the medial heel pod is approximately Shore C 60.
20. The insole of claim 18, wherein the firmness of the lateral midfoot pod is in the range of Shore C 50-55 and the firmness of the medial heel pod is in the range of about Shore C 65-70.
21. A method of making a cushion to control the motion f a foot in a shoe, the method comprising:
providing a base having a base top surface and a base bottom surface, said base having a heel end, a toe end, a medial border and a lateral border, said borders extending from said heel end to said toe end, said base bottom side defining:
(a) a forefoot area extending from the toe end to a location behind a metatarsal head area of the feet,
(b) a midfoot area that extends from said metatarsal head area to an edge that lies forward of the calcaneus of the foot, and
(c) a heel area that extends from said midfoot area to said heel end; coupling a stabil ity cradle to the base, said stabi lity cradle being made of semi-rigid material and said stability cradle secured to a stability cradle recession area of said base bottom side, said stability cradle recession area located essentially along the midfoot and heel areas of the foot, said stability cradle having pod openings that allow pod components to extend therethrough and said stabi lity cradle having a faceted surface;
coupl ing an arc support to the base, said arch support extends transverse upwardly along the medial border and under the arch of the foot;
coupl ing a forefoot pad to the base, said forefoot pad extending laterally and proximally under the lesser metatarsal heads of the foot to beneath the greater metatarsal; and,
extending interacting cooperative pod components through pod openings in said stability cradle, said pod components including a lateral heel pod located on the lateral side of said heel area, a medial heel pod separated from said lateral heel pod and located on the medial side of said heel area, and a lateral midfoot pod located on the lateral side of the midfoot area of the insole, said pod components having a crisscross groove pattern on their bottom surface.
22. The method of claim 2 1 w herein the medial heel pod is made of a firmer material than the material of the lateral heel pod.
23. The method of claim 22, wherein the firmness of the lateral heel pod is in the range of Shore C 45-50 and the firmness of the medial heel pod is approximately Shore C 60.
24. The method of claim 22, wherein the firmness of the lateral heel pod is in the range of Shore C 50-55 and the firmness of the medial heel pod is in the range of about Shore C 65-70.
25. The method f claim 21 wherein the medial heel pod is made of a firmer material than the material of the lateral midfoot pod.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein the firmness of the lateral midfoot pod is in the range of Shore C 45-50 and the firmness of the medial heel pod is approximately Shore C 60.
27. The method of claim 25, wherein the firmness of the lateral midfoot pod is in the range of Shore C 50-55 and the firmness of the medial heel pod is in the range of about Shore C 65-70.
28. The method of claims 22 and 25, wherein the firmness of the pods is selected to control the rate of pronation.
29. The method of claims 22 and 25, wherein the firmness of the pods is selected based on the type of activity for which the insole is designed.
30. The method of claim 2 1 , wherein the stability cradle is shaped to enable flexing of the first metatarsal during toe off.
31. The method of claim 21 wherein the base comprises an EVA foam material.
PCT/US2014/055133 2013-09-16 2014-09-11 Triathlon insole WO2015038737A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/021,865 US20160219970A1 (en) 2013-09-16 2014-09-11 Triathlon Insole
SG11201601996WA SG11201601996WA (en) 2013-09-16 2014-09-11 Triathlon insole
CN201480062466.2A CN105722421A (en) 2013-09-16 2014-09-11 Triathlon insole
JP2016542092A JP2016530042A (en) 2013-09-16 2014-09-11 Insole for triathlon
EP14844910.1A EP3046437A4 (en) 2013-09-16 2014-09-11 Triathlon insole
KR1020167009668A KR20160058141A (en) 2013-09-16 2014-09-11 Triathlon insole

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361878544P 2013-09-16 2013-09-16
US61/878,544 2013-09-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015038737A1 true WO2015038737A1 (en) 2015-03-19

Family

ID=52666259

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2014/055133 WO2015038737A1 (en) 2013-09-16 2014-09-11 Triathlon insole

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (1) US20160219970A1 (en)
EP (1) EP3046437A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2016530042A (en)
KR (1) KR20160058141A (en)
CN (1) CN105722421A (en)
SG (1) SG11201601996WA (en)
TW (1) TW201517823A (en)
WO (1) WO2015038737A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016191654A1 (en) 2015-05-28 2016-12-01 Spenco Medical Corporation Contoured support shoe insole
WO2016191002A1 (en) 2015-05-28 2016-12-01 Spenco Medical Corporation Shoe insole
WO2016190998A1 (en) * 2015-05-28 2016-12-01 Spenco Medical Corporation Shoe insole
US9961958B1 (en) 2015-05-28 2018-05-08 Implus Footcare, Llc Contoured support shoe insole
EP3302148A4 (en) * 2015-05-28 2019-01-23 Implus Footcare, LLC Contoured support shoe insole
WO2019020842A1 (en) * 2017-07-27 2019-01-31 Calzados Robusta, S.L. Footwear sole
USD857353S1 (en) 2015-09-25 2019-08-27 Fourfoot, Llc Sandal

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160286895A1 (en) * 2013-12-19 2016-10-06 Air & Grace Limited Footwear
US9693604B2 (en) * 2014-05-30 2017-07-04 Nike, Inc. Article of footwear with inner and outer midsole layers
JP6511150B2 (en) * 2014-10-31 2019-05-15 アールエスプリント エヌ.ヴィ. Insole design
JP5858450B1 (en) * 2015-02-12 2016-02-10 山本 秀二 Insoles
CN108125316B (en) * 2017-12-13 2019-11-29 特步(中国)有限公司 A kind of stable support sole and its manufacture craft
KR101995532B1 (en) * 2018-03-21 2019-07-02 문광섭 Assembly Insole
US11064766B2 (en) * 2018-11-18 2021-07-20 Tk In So Les Ltd. Insole with customizable resilient forefoot sections and/or subsections
US10856616B2 (en) * 2019-02-01 2020-12-08 Superfeet Worldwide, Inc. Dynamic insoles
USD903268S1 (en) 2019-02-06 2020-12-01 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Insole
USD906658S1 (en) 2019-02-19 2021-01-05 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Insole

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6481120B1 (en) * 2000-07-31 2002-11-19 Schering-Plough Healthcare Products, Inc. Full length insole for arthritic and/or diabetic people
US20040194344A1 (en) * 2003-04-05 2004-10-07 Tadin Anthony G. User-customizable insoles for footwear and method of customizing insoles
US20070039209A1 (en) * 2005-08-22 2007-02-22 Fila Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Method and system for providing a customized shoe
US20110131835A1 (en) * 2005-08-12 2011-06-09 Spenco Medical Corporation, Inc. Shoe Insole
US20130160331A1 (en) * 2011-12-23 2013-06-27 Park Global Footwear Inc. Shoe Insole or Midsole with a Tri-Dome Configuration for Foot Rehabilitation

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4435910A (en) * 1982-03-12 1984-03-13 Michel Marc Shoe insole
US4571857A (en) * 1984-05-07 1986-02-25 Rigoberto Castellanos Plastic foot support with reinforcing struts
US7107705B2 (en) * 2002-12-23 2006-09-19 Spenco Medical Corporation Insole with improved cushioning and anatomical centering device
JPH0739507U (en) * 1993-12-28 1995-07-18 昭和ゴム株式会社 Insole
US6976322B1 (en) * 2003-10-31 2005-12-20 Superfeet Worldwide Lp Molded orthotic insert
WO2007056101A1 (en) * 2005-11-02 2007-05-18 Spenco Medical Corporation Shoe insole
US8453346B2 (en) * 2007-08-24 2013-06-04 Orthosole Limited, A Guernsey Limited Company Orthotic foot device with removable support components and method of making same
US8745894B2 (en) * 2007-09-14 2014-06-10 Spenco Medical Corporation Triple density gel insole
CN101558922A (en) * 2009-04-28 2009-10-21 杨孟龙 Breathing-type shoe pads
NL2005226C2 (en) * 2010-08-13 2012-02-14 Sara Lee De Nv Insole pad for footwear.
US20120090197A1 (en) * 2010-09-20 2012-04-19 G-Form, LLC Vibration dampening and pressure relieving innersole for cycling shoe
WO2014036176A1 (en) * 2012-08-31 2014-03-06 Spenco Medical Corporation Basketball insole

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6481120B1 (en) * 2000-07-31 2002-11-19 Schering-Plough Healthcare Products, Inc. Full length insole for arthritic and/or diabetic people
US20040194344A1 (en) * 2003-04-05 2004-10-07 Tadin Anthony G. User-customizable insoles for footwear and method of customizing insoles
US20110131835A1 (en) * 2005-08-12 2011-06-09 Spenco Medical Corporation, Inc. Shoe Insole
US20070039209A1 (en) * 2005-08-22 2007-02-22 Fila Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Method and system for providing a customized shoe
US20130160331A1 (en) * 2011-12-23 2013-06-27 Park Global Footwear Inc. Shoe Insole or Midsole with a Tri-Dome Configuration for Foot Rehabilitation

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3046437A4 *

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3302149A4 (en) * 2015-05-28 2019-01-23 Implus Footcare, LLC Contoured support shoe insole
WO2016191654A1 (en) 2015-05-28 2016-12-01 Spenco Medical Corporation Contoured support shoe insole
WO2016190998A1 (en) * 2015-05-28 2016-12-01 Spenco Medical Corporation Shoe insole
US9961958B1 (en) 2015-05-28 2018-05-08 Implus Footcare, Llc Contoured support shoe insole
US10136698B2 (en) 2015-05-28 2018-11-27 Implus Footcare, Llc Shoe insole
EP3302151A4 (en) * 2015-05-28 2019-01-23 Implus Footcare, LLC Shoe insole
WO2016191002A1 (en) 2015-05-28 2016-12-01 Spenco Medical Corporation Shoe insole
EP3302137A4 (en) * 2015-05-28 2019-01-23 Implus Footcare, LLC Contoured support shoe insole
US10709203B2 (en) 2015-05-28 2020-07-14 Implus Footcare, Llc Contoured support shoe insole
EP3302136A4 (en) * 2015-05-28 2019-01-23 Implus Footcare, LLC Shoe insole
EP3302148A4 (en) * 2015-05-28 2019-01-23 Implus Footcare, LLC Contoured support shoe insole
US10485299B2 (en) 2015-05-28 2019-11-26 Implus Footcare, Llc Contoured support shoe insole
USD857353S1 (en) 2015-09-25 2019-08-27 Fourfoot, Llc Sandal
WO2019020842A1 (en) * 2017-07-27 2019-01-31 Calzados Robusta, S.L. Footwear sole

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
SG11201601996WA (en) 2016-04-28
JP2016530042A (en) 2016-09-29
KR20160058141A (en) 2016-05-24
EP3046437A1 (en) 2016-07-27
TW201517823A (en) 2015-05-16
US20160219970A1 (en) 2016-08-04
CN105722421A (en) 2016-06-29
EP3046437A4 (en) 2016-10-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2015038737A1 (en) Triathlon insole
US10136698B2 (en) Shoe insole
US7484319B2 (en) Shoe insole
US8732982B2 (en) Footwear
US20180070670A1 (en) Shoe Insole
US20140245641A1 (en) Sole And Article Of Footwear
KR20180004178A (en) Outlined Shoe Insole
EP2890261A1 (en) Basketball insole
CA2688794A1 (en) Supporting plate apparatus for shoes
WO2012021286A1 (en) Sole structure with traction elements
KR100627678B1 (en) A sole structure of footwear
RU2524894C2 (en) Health footwear and method of its manufacturing
AU2011236021B2 (en) Shoe Insole
KR100818789B1 (en) Footwear having functional base piece
CN216534061U (en) Running shoe and sole thereof
EP3119229B1 (en) Improvements in or relating to footwear
CN113768246A (en) Running shoe and sole thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14844910

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016542092

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 15021865

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2014844910

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014844910

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20167009668

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A